EMARKETPLACE INC
10KSB, 1999-10-13
COMPUTERS & PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE
Previous: PERRY ELLIS INTERNATIONAL INC, S-2, 1999-10-13
Next: DIVERSIFIED INVESTORS FUNDS GROUP, DEFS14C, 1999-10-13




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                              REPORT ON FORM 10-KSB

[X]    Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
       Act of 1934

                    For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999.

[ ]    Transition Report pursuant Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
       Act of 1934

              For the transition period from ________ to ________.

                           Commission File No. 0-22014

                               eMARKETPLACE, INC.
                      (formerly Computer Marketplace, Inc.)
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


           Delaware                                      33-0558415
 ----------------------------------           ---------------------------------
 (State of or other jurisdiction of           (IRS Employer Identification No.)
   incorporation of organization)

 255 West Julian Street
 Suite 100
 San Jose, CA                                                    95110
 ---------------------                                        ----------
 (Address of Principal                                        (Zip Code)
 Executive Offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (408) 295-6500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                    Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share
                    ----------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)


Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by  Sections  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  Registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of the Regulation  S-B is not contained in this form, and no disclosure  will be
contained,  to the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ ]

Issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year were $2,208,855.

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
Registrant,  computed  by  reference  to the  closing  price of such stock as of
September 30, 1999, was approximately $36,208,676.

Number of shares  outstanding of the Issuer's  common stock, as of September 30,
1999, was 12,691,460.

                   DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None.

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page


DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS........................................................1


DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.......................................................22


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................................................23


SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS...........................23


MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.........23


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.........................................................25


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA...................................31


CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENT WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE..........................................................31


DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS,
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.............................31


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION........................................................32


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT................36


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS................................37


EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K..............................................39


                                       i

<PAGE>
                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

         Quality Associates, Inc., a California corporation, was incorporated in
July 1983,  and changed its name to Computer  Marketplace in June 1987. In March
1993, Computer  Marketplace changed its name to Computer  Marketplace,  Inc. and
its state of incorporation from California to Delaware.  On August 27, 1999, the
Company  changed its  trading  symbol on the OTC  Bulletin  Board from "MKPL" to
"EMKT" in  contemplation  of its name  change to  eMarketplace,  Inc.  which was
effected on  September  17, 1999.  eMarketplace  and its  subsidiaries  shall be
referred to as the "Company" in this Annual Report.

         In  April  1999,  by  acquiring   E-Taxi,   Inc.   ("E-Taxi")  and  its
wholly-owned subsidiary, TechStore, LLC ("TechStore"), the Company adopted a new
corporate  strategy  focused on  developing,  acquiring and  operating  Internet
businesses.  The  Company is  presently  pursuing  a business  plan to become an
Internet  holding  company  engaged  primarily in development and operation of a
network of Internet  properties  ("Portfolio  Companies")  that provide content,
commerce and online services to demographically-targeted  audiences. Until April
1999, the Company was primarily engaged in the purchase and sale of new and used
computer equipment,  and through its Medical Marketplace,  Inc. subsidiary,  the
purchase and sale of used medical equipment.  However, the Company in April 1999
adopted  a plan  in  conjunction  with  its  new  corporate  strategy  with  the
acquisition of E-Taxi and TechStore to divest its ownership  interest in Medical
Marketplace  because the used medical equipment  business no longer conformed to
the Company's business strategy.

         RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

         Set forth below is a summary of the Company's significant  developments
since April 1999:

         As of April 9, 1999, the Company and Gateway Advisors,  Inc.  ("Gateway
Advisors"),  a company  majority  owned and controlled by Robert M. Wallace (the
Company's  current  Chairman of the Board),  entered  into a Financial  Advisory
Agreement, pursuant to which Gateway Advisors agreed to provide certain business
development  and  financial  advisory  services for a period of two (2) years in
exchange  for the issuance by the Company of  1,500,000  Common  Stock  Purchase
Warrants.  Each  warrant  entitles  the holder to purchase  one (1) share of the
Company's  Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $2.50 per share until April 8,
2000.

         As of April 9, 1999,  the Company and each of the holders of  1,500,000
Class D Common Stock  Purchase  Warrants  entered  into a Settlement  Agreement,
pursuant to which the Company  issued  375,000  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock in exchange for (i) the  cancellation of all Class D Common Stock Purchase
Warrants,  (ii) the  surrender  and  transfer to the Company of an  aggregate of
500,000  shares of Common Stock of Medical  Marketplace,  Inc. (a majority owned
subsidiary of the Company),  and (iii) a general release,  releasing the Company
from all liabilities. In addition, as of April 9, 1999, the Company and Victoria
Holdings,   Inc.,  the  Company's  former  financial  advisor,  entered  into  a

                                       1
<PAGE>

Settlement Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued 250,000 shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock  in  exchange  for  (i)  the  cancellation  of  Options
exercisable  for 1,000,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock at an exercise
price of $1.00 per share, and (ii) a general release, releasing the Company from
all liabilities.  As part of the foregoing  Settlement  Agreements,  the Company
agreed  to  include  the  shares  issued  in  connection  therewith  in the next
registration  statement  filed by the Company with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  (other  than  on a  Form  S-4  or  Form  S-8),  subject  to  certain
limitations and restrictions.

         As of April 9, 1999 (and clarified as of October 12, 1999), the Company
entered into an Agreement with L. Wayne Kiley,  the Company's  President,  Chief
Executive Officer and at that time Chairman of the Board,  pursuant to which Mr.
Kiley  waived  (i) his  rights to  accrued  and  unpaid  salary in the amount of
$314,135 (ii) all of his rights under his employment agreement with the Company,
including without limitation,  all future  compensation,  and (iii) on behalf of
Quality  Associates,  Inc. (a company owned and  controlled by Mr.  Kiley),  its
rights to  accrued  and unpaid  rent with  respect  to the  Company's  executive
offices,  in the amount of $64,536.  In exchange for the foregoing,  the Company
reduced the exercise  price of (a) 661,667  options held by Mr. Kiley from $1.00
to $.60 per share and (b) 29,167  options  held by Mr.  Kiley from $1.68 to $.60
per share.  In addition,  the Company agreed to include the shares issuable upon
the  exercise  of such  options  as well as  certain  other  options  issued  to
management and certain consultants under a Registration Statement on Form S-8 to
be filed with the Commission in the near future.

         As of April 21,  1999,  the  Company  and each of the  stockholders  of
E-Taxi  entered into a Stock Purchase  Agreement,  pursuant to which the Company
acquired all of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of E-Taxi (the "E-Taxi
Acquisition")  on April 23, 1999 (the "Closing Date") in a business  combination
accounted for a reverse acquisition for accounting  purposes.  See Notes 1 and 3
of  the  Notes  to  the  Company's   Consolidated   Financial   Statements.   As
consideration  for  9,074,000  shares of the  E-Taxi's  common stock and 400,000
shares of the E-Taxi's Series A Preferred Stock, the Company issued an aggregate
of 9,074,000  shares of the Company's  common stock,  par value $.0001 per share
(the "Common  Shares"),  and 400,000 shares of the Company's  Series A Preferred
Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Preferred Shares").

         As a result of the E-Taxi Acquisition, (i) E-Taxi became a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the stockholders of E-Taxi became the beneficial
owners of (a) the  Common  Shares,  or 81.8% of the shares of  Company's  common
stock  outstanding,  and (b) the  Preferred  Shares,  or 100% of the  shares  of
Company's  preferred  stock  outstanding,  and  (iii)  two of the four  existing
members of the Company's  Board of Directors  resigned and Robert M. Wallace was
appointed as Chairman of the Board of Directors. L. Wayne Kiley and Thomas Evans
remain as directors of the Company. Mr. Kiley will remain as the Company's Chief
Executive  Officer,  President  and Chief  Accounting  Officer until the Company
hires  suitable  replacements  which the  Company  expects  to occur in the near
future.  The  Company has also  granted to each of the former  holders of E-Taxi
capital stock the right to have the Common Shares and the shares of Common Stock
issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Preferred   Shares  included  in  the  next
registration  statement  filed by the Company with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  (other  than  on a  Form  S-4  or  Form  S-8),  subject  to  certain
limitations and  restrictions.  The number of shares  constituting  the Series A
Preferred Stock is 400,000, $.0001 par value per share, all of which were issued
to the former holders of Series A Preferred Stock of E-Taxi.  As of the close of
business on April 28, 1999,  the shares of Common  Stock had a closing  price of
greater than $3.75 per share for more than three (3) consecutive days, and based
upon the terms of the Preferred  Shares, as of May 3, 1999, the Preferred Shares
were automatically converted into 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         E-Taxi was  incorporated  in April 1998 to develop a vertical  Internet
portal for the small office,  home office ("SOHO") market.  Immediately prior to
the closing of the E-Taxi  Acquisition,  E-Taxi closed (i) a private offering of
its  shares  of  preferred  stock and  common  stock  raising  an  aggregate  of
approximately  $1,400,000  therefrom and (ii) on the  acquisition  of all of the
outstanding  limited  liability company interests of TechStore LLC, a California
limited liability company ("TechStore"). As of March 31, 1999, Gateway Advisors,
Inc.,  Bejan   Aminifard,   Mosen  Aminifard  and  Derek  Wall  entered  into  a
Contribution  Agreement,  pursuant  to which  each of the  owners  of  TechStore
contributed his ownership interest in TechStore,  or rights to acquire ownership
interests  in  TechStore  to E-Taxi in exchange  for shares of Common  Stock and
Preferred Stock of E-Taxi.  Since its incorporation in March 1998, TechStore has
been engaged in the business of selling  computer  hardware and software as well
as   consumer   electronics   products   through   its  world   wide  web  site,
http://www.techstore.com.  Through the acquisition of E-Taxi and TechStore,  and
additional  planned  acquisitions,  joint ventures and other combined  marketing
efforts,  the Company  intends to provide  products,  services  and  information
specifically tailored to the needs of the SOHO community.

         As of June 14, 1999, E-Taxi entered into (i) a Stock Purchase Agreement
(the "Stock Purchase  Agreement")  with all of the shareholders of SSPS, Inc., a
California  corporation  ("SSPS"),  pursuant  to  which  E-Taxi  has  agreed  to
purchase, and the shareholders of SSPS have agreed to sell,  approximately 94.6%
of the  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock of SSPS,  and (ii) a  Membership
Interest   Purchase   Agreement   with  all  of  the   members  of  Impact  Team
International,  LLC, a California  limited liability company and an affiliate of
SSPS  ("Impact"),  pursuant  to which  E-Taxi  has agreed to  purchase,  and the
members  of  Impact  have  agreed  to sell,  all of the  outstanding  membership
interests of Impact. SSPS, and its operating divisions TRISTEP, GIG2GIG.COM, and
IT  WORLDNET.COM,  and  Impact,  provide  short  term  and long  term  temporary
workforce solutions primarily to rapidly growing technology firms.

         The  closing of the  transactions  contemplated  by the Stock  Purchase
Agreement and the Membership  Interest  Purchase  Agreement (the  "Closing") are
subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including without limitation,
the execution and delivery of employment  agreements with certain members of the
senior  management team of SSPS, the release of a principal  stockholder of SSPS
of his guaranty of certain indebtedness of SSPS, the waiver of certain rights of
first  refusal to purchase the shares of SSPS capital stock owned by a principal
stockholder,  the termination  and release of certain  obligations of SSPS under
existing employment agreements and other customary conditions to closing. At the
Closing,  the Company will issue approximately 2.9 million shares of it's Common
Stock and pay cash and notes of approximately $1.5 million for SSPS. The Company
has also  agreed to  provide  the  sellers  of the SSPS  shares  and the  Impact
interests  with  demand  and  piggyback  registration  rights.  It is  presently
anticipated that the Company's  acquisition of SSPS and Impact will occur during
October 1999.

         On July 16,  1999,  the  Company  commenced  a  private  offering  (the
"Offering")  of up to  1,200,000  shares of its Common Stock (each a "Share" and
collectively the "Shares"). The Offering is being conducted under the exemptions
from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act"),  provided by Section 4(2) of the Act and the provisions of Rule 506
of  Regulation  D.  Sales  of the  Shares  will  be  made  only  to  "accredited
investors," as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act. The Shares are
being offered at a purchase price of $3.875 per share and on a "best efforts all
or  none"  basis  with  respect  to  the  first  400,000  Shares  (the  "Minimum
Offering"),  and on a  "best  efforts"  basis  thereafter  with  respect  to the
remaining 800,000 Shares (the "Maximum  Offering").  The Offering was originally
scheduled to terminate on August 30, 1999,  but has been  extended at the option
of the Company.  Subscriptions  for less than 20,000  Shares (or $77,550) may be
accepted  at the  discretion  of the  Company.  Upon  completion  of the Minimum
Offering and the Maximum Offering, the Company expects to receive gross proceeds
of  approximately  $1,550,000 and  $4,650,000,  respectively,  before  deducting
commissions  (placement  agent) and  expenses  of the  Offering  (consisting  of

                                       3
<PAGE>


accounting  and legal  fees,  "blue sky" fees and other  related  expenses).  On
October 8, 1999,  the  Company  conducted  an interim  closing  receiving  gross
proceeds of  $2,883,872  from the sale of 744,225  shares of Common  Stock.  The
proceeds of the Offering will be used to fund the acquisition of SSPS and Impact
and the working capital needs of the Company..

         In August 1999, TopTeam, Inc., a newly formed subsidiary of the Company
("TopTeam")  entered  into letters of intent with Full Moon  Interactive  Group,
Inc. and Orrell  Communications,  Inc., and in September,  1999, TopTeam entered
into letters of intent with Paradigm 3 Marketing,  De Vries Data Systems,  Inc.,
Image Network and Muccino Design Group,  Inc. Under the letters of intent, it is
contemplated  that  together  the Company  and Top Team will  acquire all of the
outstanding capital stock of these interactive architect companies (the "TopTeam
Candidates")  in exchange for the issuance of shares of common stock of both the
Company  and Top Team.  The  closing  of each of the  proposed  transactions  is
subject to the  completion of legal,  business and  accounting due diligence and
the execution and delivery of definitive acquisition  agreements.  In connection
with the  acquisition of the TopTeam  Candidates,  the Company also  anticipates
capitalizing TopTeam with approximately $1.5 million in cash.

HISTORICAL INFORMATION

         Since the  Company  has been  unprofitable  since the fiscal year ended
June 1994, management implemented  substantial measures to address its financial
difficulties.   The  Board  of  Directors,   after  having  considered  numerous
alternatives,  concluded that the Company must significantly reduce its expenses
in order to decrease the Company's net losses.  Therefore,  during the Company's
fiscal year ended June 30, 1997,  the Company  embarked upon a cost cutting plan
by reducing its  workforce,  closing  unprofitable  locations and  discontinuing
under performing product lines. Specifically,  the Company (i) closed all of its
branch  offices and (ii) reduced the number of  employees  from a high of ninety
six (96) in September  1995 to twenty four (24) full-time and five (5) part-time
as of September 30, 1997.  Despite  implementing  this  business  reorganization
strategy,  the  Company  failed to regain  profitability  during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1998. As a result,  the Company  determined to reduce further its
existing computer  equipment business and in April 1999 adopted a plan to divest
Medical  Marketplace,  Inc.,  the Company's  subsidiary  engaged in the sale and
lease of used medical equipment.

         During the past fiscal year,  the Company has further  reduced the size
and scope of its computer equipment business.  The Company believes that because
of significant changes in the computer industry,  the market is more competitive
and  opportunities  to engage in certain business are no longer  available.  The
increase in the importance and dominance of personal  computers (with relatively
low sales  prices)  and the  reduced  usage of  mid-sized  computer  systems has
severely  reduced the  Company's  business in the RISC 6000 and AS400  mid-range
systems.  Further,  the Company has seen major OEM manufacturers  (such as, IBM,
and Digital  Equipment  Corporation)  enter into the  reselling  business.  As a
consequence,  the Company  actively  pursued  acquiring an alternative  business
and/or assets resulting in the E-Taxi Acquisition in April 1999.

         In March of 1994, Computer  Marketplace(R)  formed Medical Marketplace,
Inc. ("Medical Marketplace") as a wholly owned subsidiary to engage in worldwide
distribution  of used  medical  equipment  to  health  care  providers.  Medical
Marketplace has bought and resold a wide variety of medical equipment  including
Magnetic  Resonance  Imaging ("MRI"),  Computed  Tomography  Scanners ("CT") and
Ultrasound equipment.  In addition,  Medical Marketplace provides customers with
consulting  services  related to  equipment  acquisition,  equipment  layout and
facility  design.  Medical  Marketplace  also had a small rental  program  which
provides new  equipment  and contract  service with mobile MRI and CT equipment.
Medical Marketplace conducts its primary  distribution  operations from its main
office  in Apple  Valley,  California.  Since  the  Company  has  adopted  a new

                                       4

<PAGE>

strategic plan regarding its development,  acquisition and operation of Internet
businesses,  the  Company  decided  to  accelerate  its  efforts  to divest  its
ownership of Medical Marketplace.  On October 12, 1999, the Company entered into
a Stock  Purchase  Agreement  with two  employees  (together,  the  "Buyers") of
Medical  Marketplace,  pursuant to which the Company has agreed to sell, and the
Buyers have agreed to purchase  for cash and  promissory  notes in the amount of
$65,000 all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Medical  Marketplace.
The  closing  of the  transaction  will be  effected  as of June  30,  1999  for
accounting purposes.

THE eMARKETPLACE STRATEGY

         The Company is pursuing a business  plan to become an Internet  holding
company engaged  primarily in development and operation of a network of Internet
properties  ("Portfolio  Companies") that provide  content,  commerce and online
services to demographically-targeted audiences. The Company believes that highly
targeted audience profiles of our Portfolio Companies may make them valuable for
advertisers,  retailers and service  providers who are  increasingly  allocating
marketing  resources to target  markets  online.  The  Company's  strategy is to
develop and  promote  synergistic  business  relationships  among the  Portfolio
Companies,  and to provide numerous operational and management  services.  These
services  include active strategic  direction,  operating  guidance,  merger and
acquisition  assistance,   board  and  management  recruitment,  and  innovative
financing.

DEVELOP PREMIER NARROWCAST DESTINATION SITES

         Responding  to  market  opportunities,  our goal is to become a premier
Internet "Studio" for timely  development of Internet media properties.  Through
acquisitions  and  investments,  the  Company  intends  to  develop  a series of
valuable, narrowcast destination sites in major segments of the economy.

         The Company's programming strategy is to establish destination sites to
attract  affinity  audiences of  demographically  valuable users, and serve them
with premier advertisers,  sponsors and electronic commerce partners. Due to the
high-value demographics of our audiences,  believes that it will attract premier
Internet  advertisers  at higher a cost per thousand  impressions  (CPM) than is
paid to  portals  and other  Internet  destinations.  Our sales  strategy  is to
develop context-driven, long-term relationships with leading corporate sponsors.
These sponsorships may go beyond banner advertising to focus on the advertiser's
broader marketing objectives.  Exclusive category  opportunities will be offered
to certain sponsors within the context of each site's audience.  For example,  a
Small  Office Home Office  (SOHO) site will offer  opportunities  for  exclusive
relationships   for   insurance,   benefits,   financial   services   and  other
relationships.

         For electronic commerce, we hope to develop strategic arrangements with
premier  online  retailers  and service  providers  whose goods and services tie
closely  to  specific  areas  of  content  within  the  sites  of our  Portfolio
Companies.  Each  Portfolio  Company  site will have its own  opportunities  for
electronic commerce tie-ins.  Sponsorship fees and revenue sharing  arrangements
will be  established  in return for a measure of  exclusivity  in the  sponsor's
industry and market segments.

PROVIDE STRATEGIC GUIDANCE AND SUPPORT, AND PROMOTE COLLABORATION

         Responding to market challenges, our operating strategy is to work with
our  Portfolio   Companies  to  actively  develop  their  business   strategies,
operations and management  teams, and to establish a collaborative  network that
leverages  their  collective  strengths  and  strategic  relationships.  We will
provide strategic guidance to Portfolio  Companies regarding market positioning,
business  model  development  and market  trends.  In  addition,  our  Portfolio

                                       5
<PAGE>


Companies  who  provide  Internet   Architecture,   Human  Resources  and  other
Administrative  services  will  be  engaged  to  accelerate  the  new  Portfolio
Company's  development  and relieve them of certain  day-to-day  management  and
operational issues.

         We intend to assist our  Portfolio  Companies  by  providing  access to
companies and individuals who serve them in the following areas:

  -      Recruiting, Staffing and Human Resource Management Support
  -      Web Strategy, Development and Site Hosting
  -      Information Technology and Electronic Commerce
  -      Finance and Administration
  -      Business Development and Strategic Relationships

         The collaboration of our Portfolio  Companies is the result of our role
as the  hub  of  our  network.  Through  the  network  we  identify  prospective
alliances,  assist in strategic  planning and monitor the ongoing  relationships
among our Portfolio  Companies.  We encourage and regulate the information  flow
among  our  Portfolio  Companies.  We  also  control  the  information  flow  by
determining  the  composition  of the  network.  If we believe  that a Portfolio
Company is not contributing to our network or has lost its strategic  importance
to the network, we may sell our interest in that Portfolio Company.

PORTFOLIO COMPANY CRITERIA

         Portfolio  acquisition  and investment  opportunities  will be assessed
with these factors:

  -      AUDIENCE DEMOGRAPHIC. We will assess companies that we believe have the
         content, products, services and skills to attract a valuable narrowcast
         audience.
  -      MANAGEMENT  QUALITY.  We will assess  management's  overall quality and
         industry expertise.
  -      SIGNIFICANT OWNERSHIP. We will assess whether we will be able to obtain
         a  significant  position in the company  and exert  influence  over the
         company.
  -      NETWORK SYNERGY.  We consider the degree to which a potential Portfolio
         Company may contribute to our network, and benefit from our network and
         operational resources.

         To ensure our  ability  to provide  active  guidance  to the  Portfolio
Company, we will require representation on the company's Board of Directors as a
condition to an acquisition or investment.  For proper incentives, the Portfolio
Company's  management  and key  personnel  will  retain an  equity  stake in the
company.   During  negotiations  with  potential  Portfolio  Companies  we  will
emphasize  the  value  of our  collaborative  network  and  the  opportunity  to
efficiently  take  their  company  public  through  a  rights  offering  to  our
shareholders.  Our Portfolio  Companies,  strategic investors and Advisory Board
members may assist in these  discussions  and in other stages of the acquisition
process,  including the initial evaluation of potential  Portfolio Companies and
due diligence.

eMARKETPLACE PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

E-TAXI, INC. - VERTICAL PORTAL FOR SMALL OFFICE, HOME OFFICE MARKET

         In April 1999,  the Company  acquired  all of the  outstanding  capital
stock of E-Taxi which is currently developing a SOHO web site, commonly referred
to as a VERTICAL  PORTAL for the Small Office,  Home Office (SOHO)  market.  The
Company  believes a SOHO portal will offer valuable  proprietary and aggregated,
community  content of such a nature that this  targeted  affinity  audience will

                                       6
<PAGE>

regard the site as a valuable  destination.  E-Taxi has acquired the domain name
emarketplace.com  and has  begun  development  of the web site.  It  anticipates
launching the site sometime in the first quarter of 2000.

         ATTEMPT TO CAPITALIZE ON MARKET OPPORTUNITY.  The Internet continues to
experience  an  exponential  rate of user growth,  with  estimates  ranging from
300,000 to 1 million  new users per  month,  and an  estimated  20% of the North
American  population  over  the age of 15 has  Internet  access  in  some  form.
According  to  CommerceNet/Nielsen,  this  rapid  growth  has  led  to  combined
US/Canada  market in June 1998 of over 78.6 million  Internet  subscribers,  and
corresponding  increases in subscription revenues, and transaction revenues. IDC
research  anticipates that the amount of commerce conducted over the Internet is
expected to grow from $2.6 billion in 1996 to more than $220 billion in 2001.

         AFFINITY GROUP. The SOHO market  represents 89% of all U.S.  companies.
As a consequence, it is an attractive consumer group to a variety of industries,
but difficult to reach due to its fragmentation.  When defined as companies with
fewer  than 25  employees,  the  SOHO  market  accounts  for  49.5%  of all U.S.
employment.  This  segment  within the SOHO market  collectively  spent over $54
billion  on  office  technology  alone,  in  1998.  Fifty-two  percent  of  SOHO
businesses  identified  the use of the  Internet  to reduce  costs and  increase
efficiency.  Despite its attractive size and purchasing power, it is a difficult
market to reach due to its  fragmentation.  However,  as these  SOHO  businesses
increasingly rely on the Internet to increase  productivity and efficiency,  the
Internet  should  provide a  vehicle  with  which to reach  this  market  group.
Aggregating   this  type  of  affinity  group  generates  a  number  of  revenue
opportunities: (i) sponsorship; (ii) advertising; (iii) e-commerce; (iv) content
creation and ownership; and (vi) distance education and training.

TECHSTORE LLC

         TechStore LLC was acquired by E-Taxi in April 1999 immediately prior to
the Company's acquisition of E-Taxi.  Founded in 1997, TechStore offers for sale
through its Web site,  WWW.TECHSTORE.COM,  more than 40,000 name brand  computer
hardware  and  software  and  consumer  electronics   products.   The  site  has
distinguished itself by offering consumers a user-friendly Web site, low prices,
large selection,  detailed product information,  real-time availability,  online
secure ordering, online invoice history and online order tracking.

         Based upon the  demographics  of  TechStore's  customers,  the  Company
believes that SOHO businesses make up a large group of those consumers using the
Internet for procurement of office technology  products.  In fact, nearly 40% of
e-commerce  transactions on the Internet  involved  computer related products in
1998, and 27% of advertising revenue was generated by technology advertising. To
attract prospective  computer equipment purchasers to its site, TechStore spends
ad dollars at major portals,  such as CNET, in the hope of generating e-commerce
revenue.  The Company believes those ads are inefficient because a large portion
of those  portals'  audiences  are  outside  of their  targeted  consumer,  SOHO
businesses.  The Company  intends to better  utilize  those ad dollars by having
TechStore directly target SOHO customers via the EMARKETPLACE.COM web site. Once
identified by TechStore as a SOHO consumer,  we intend to use the TechStore site
to introduce  them to other  valuable  content,  products,  and services  within
EMARKETPLACE.COM.  This will not only add new revenue sources to TechStore, such
as  sponsorship  and ad revenue,  but will lower the cost of  reaching  the SOHO
audience for our other proprietary and aggregated content.

                                       7
<PAGE>

ORDER FULFILLMENT

         TechStore  is  entirely   dependent   upon  a  third  party  for  order
fulfillment.  Currently,  TechStore  utilizes  fulfillment  services  offered by
TechData  Corporation,  a leading  full-line  distributor  of more  than  75,000
technology  products  worldwide.  TechData  offers  fulfillment  services  via 6
regional  distribution   centers.   TechStore  has  no  long-term  contracts  or
arrangements with TechData that guarantee the availability, shipping, or quality
of merchandise.

         TechStore  relies  upon  TechData  to  ship  merchandise   directly  to
customers.  Consequently,  TechStore has limited control over the goods shipped,
and at times  these  shipments  have been  subject to delays.  If the quality of
service  provided  by the  distributor,  TechData,  falls  below a  satisfactory
standard or if our level of returns exceeds our expectations,  this could have a
harmful effect on our business.  The Company  believes that it could establish a
similar relationship with other distributors; however, there can be no assurance
that such a  distributor  could  provide  the  fulfillment,  service and pricing
currently offered by TechData to TechStore.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT/TECHNOLOGY

         TechStore  is  attempting  to provide  complete  eCommerce  integration
throughout  the entire sales  process.  To  accomplish  this goal,  TechStore is
utilizing the latest  generation  of industry  standard  eBusiness  software and
computer  hardware  technologies.  A Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection to
the  distributor,  TechData,  allows custom  software agents to pull invoice and
shipping  data  for  accounting  analysis  and  customer  service  applications.
TechStore  maintains another secure Internet based connection to Electronic Data
Systems Corporation (EDS) for credit card processing services.  Web and database
servers are  co-located  at a locally  based  business  grade  Internet  Service
Provider  (ISP),  MasterLink,  that offers high premises  security and extensive
redundant power and Internet backbone  connectivity.  TechStore depends upon the
data and network communications systems at EDS, MasterLink,  as well as TechData
and all of their respective  service providers,  for uninterrupted  operation of
the Web site and other  business  communications.  An  interruption  of data and
network  communications  services could have a materially  adverse effect on our
business.

OFFICE EXPRESS, INC.

         In August 1999, the Company's subsidiary Office Express, Inc., launched
its web site,  www.officeexpress.com.  Offering  over  20,000  brand name office
products,  the site enables  online  customers to purchase  office  products and
supplies at highly competitive  prices.  Products are generally shipped for next
day delivery for most domestic US  destinations  and the site features  advanced
online customer  service  features,  including  customer  shopping lists,  which
allows users to manage lists of frequently purchased items.

         Office  Express  is  entirely  dependent  upon a third  party for order
fulfillment.  Currently  OfficeExpress  utilizes fulfillment services offered by
United  Stationers  Supply Co., the nation's  largest  wholesale  distributor of
office,  computer, and facilities management products.  United Stationers offers
fulfillment services via 40 regional distribution centers. Office Express has no
long-term  contracts or arrangements  with United  Stationers that guarantee the
availability,  shipping, or quality of merchandise. The Company believes that it
could establish a similar relationship with other distributors;  however,  there
can be no  assurance  that such a  distributor  could  provide the  fulfillment,
service and pricing  currently  offered by United  Stationers to Office Express.

                                        8
<PAGE>

PROPOSED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

TOP TEAM, INC.

         In August 1999, the Company formed a wholly-owned  Delaware subsidiary,
TopTeam, Inc., to undertake a strategic consolidation of businesses that provide
strategic  consulting and  comprehensive  Internet based  solutions to corporate
users of information technology.

         To businesses across a variety industries, the Internet represents both
a significant  opportunity for growth, as well as a significant  threat from new
competition.  International  Data Corp. (IDC) estimates Internet users will grow
from  nearly 100 million in 1998 to 320  million by 2002,  with a  corresponding
growth in  e-commerce  transactions  from $32 billion in 1998 to $426 billion in
2002.  This  is  forcing  companies  to  rapidly  develop  and  deploy  Internet
strategies. Since most companies are outsourcing all or portion of this process,
demand for Internet professional services is soaring,  jumping from $2.4 billion
in 1997 to $7  billion  in 1998 and  expected  to exceed  $40  billion  in 2002,
according to IDC.

         The  complexity  of the Internet  goes beyond the scope of  traditional
computer systems  integrators and information  technology (I.T.)  professionals.
Total e-business  solutions require business  strategy,  brand  management,  the
marketing  skills  required to develop an audience  and the  creative and design
skills to develop compelling content and engaging user interface, as well as the
technology skills to enable a site for e-commerce  transactions.  A new class of
professionals  have emerged to meet these complex needs,  which some Wall Street
analysts refer to as "Interactive  Architects." These firms combine  traditional
I.T. skills,  with business  consulting and advertising skills in one integrated
company. They include such firms as USWEB/CKS, Viant, IXL, Razorfish and Scient.

         In August 1999,  TopTeam  entered into letters of intent with Full Moon
Interactive  Group, Inc. and Orrell  Communications,  Inc. and in September 1999
TopTeam entered into letters of intent with Paradigm 3 Marketing,  De Vries Data
Systems,  Inc.,  Image  Network and Muccino  Design  Group,  Inc  (collectively,
"TopTeam  Candidates").  It is the objective of  e-Marketplace  to build a world
class  "interactive  architect" through the acquisition of companies involved in
Internet consulting. The TopTeam Candidates service a blue chip customer list in
California and represent approximately $25 million in annual revenue.

         Under the terms of the letters of intent,  the Company will acquire all
of the outstanding  capital stock of the TopTeam  Candidates in exchange for the
issuance of shares of common stock of both the Company and TopTeam.  At the time
of closing of the acquisition of the TopTeam  Candidates it is expected that the
Company will also capitalize  TopTeam with  approximately  $1.5 million in cash.
The closing of each of the proposed transactions is subject to the completion of
legal,  business, and accounting due diligence and the execution and delivery of
a definitive acquisition  agreement.  In light of the fact that these conditions
have yet to be fully satisfied,  there can be no assurance that  acquisitions of
the TopTeam  Candidates will occur or that we will complete a sufficient  number
of acquisitions to gain the critical mass, experienced  professionals,  industry
expertise,  technical skills, and geographic  coverage necessary to make TopTeam
an economically viable investment.

SSPS, INC.

         The terms of the  definitive  agreement  executed  by the  Company  and
E-Taxi with the owners of SSPS  requires  the  payment of (i)  $450,000 in cash;
(ii) 2,300,000 shares of Common Stock;  (iii) a promissory note in the amount of
$150,000;  and (iv) a  convertible  promissory  note in the amount of  $900,000,
convertible into 600,000 shares of Common Stock. Pursuant to the SSPS Agreement,
a portion of the  consideration  will be subject to adjustment in the event that
certain financial  thresholds are not achieved.  It is the intent of the Company
to complete the SSPS Acquisition  within a reasonable period from the Closing of

                                        9
<PAGE>

this Offering. The SSPS Acquisition is subject to certain closing conditions. In
addition to the execution of Employment  and  Non-Competition  Agreements by the
owners of SSPS and the issuance of a legal opinion on behalf of the owners,  the
closing  is subject to the  absence of any events  which has a material  adverse
effect  on  SSPS'   financial   condition  or  operations.   In  addition,   all
representations and warranties made by the parties in the Acquisition  Agreement
must be true at the time of closing.

         The  operating  divisions  of SSPS  consist  of  TriStep,  Gig2Gig.com,
ITWorldnet.com,  and  Impact  Team  International.  TriStep is a leader in using
Internet-based  systems to provide outsourced management of corporate recruiting
and  staffing,  contractor  payment and  benefits  administration  --  sometimes
referred to as  client-side  management of the  contingent  workforce.  Gig2Gig,
ITWorldnet and Impact Team employ  TriStep's  systems,  software and services to
focus on market  opportunities  in the  Information  Technology  (IT)  industry.
ITWorldnet  and  Impact  Team help  clients  identify  and  engage  IT  contract
professionals through multiple sources,  including agencies, direct solicitation
and Internet  resume  postings.  Gig2Gig is a Web site to be launched later this
year  to  deliver  services  to IT  contractors,  technical  writers  and  other
independents  who  work  "gig to  gig."  The  site  will  allow  them to  engage
personalized  employment  services,  including access to insurance and benefits,
vacation pay, billing and collection, contracting and compliance, accounting and
tax, and other business-related services.

         TriStep's  proprietary  software allows hiring managers to initiate and
fill  job  orders  interactively  on  the  Internet  and  electronically  access
TriStep's  service  bureau for  Employment  Transaction  Processing  (ETP).  The
company provides each client with a secure intranet ordering site where they can
identify,  assess, engage, track and account for contract employees from any and
all  sources.  TriStep is able to  receive,  process  and  manage  the  client's
contractor  and  employee  resumes  directly  from  its  servers.  From  resumes
submitted by agencies,  from  candidates  or directly  from the Web,  Tri-Step's
software   provides   real-time   extraction   and  grading  of  job-skills  and
automatically  submits  those  that  meet the  client's  specific  requirements.
Clients  have  access  to  real-time  and  historical  analyses  of  the  entire
contingent  workforce  and  Consolidated  Billing  Services to places all agency
bills on one convenient invoice. All data is uploadable to ERP systems, like SAP
and PeopleSoft,  allowing employers to model both their permanent and contingent
workforces.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

         Our business may face increased government regulation.

         TAXATION.  The tax treatment of the Internet and electronic commerce is
currently unsettled.  A number of proposals have been made at the federal, state
and local levels and by certain foreign  governments  that could impose taxes on
the sale of goods and services and certain other Internet activities.  Recently,
the  Internet  Tax  Freedom  Act was  signed  into  law,  placing  a  three-year
moratorium on new state and local taxes on Internet  commerce  which  moratorium
ends on December, 2002. Our business may be harmed by the passage of laws in the
future imposing taxes or other burdensome regulations on Internet commerce.

         NEW INTERNET  LAWS.  Due to the  increasing  popularity  and use of the
Internet,  it is possible that a number of laws and  regulations  may be adopted
with respect to the Internet  generally,  covering  issues such as user privacy,
pricing,  and characteristics  and quality of products and services.  Similarly,
the growth and development of the market for Internet  commerce may prompt calls
for more stringent  consumer  protection laws that may impose additional burdens
on those companies  conducting  business over the Internet.  The adoption of any
additional  laws or  regulations  may decrease  the growth of commerce  over the
Internet, increase our cost of doing business or otherwise have a harmful effect
on our business.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         INTERNET ACCESS FEES.  Certain local  telephone  carriers have asserted
that the increasing popularity and use of the Internet has burdened the existing
telecommunications  infrastructure,  and that many areas with high  Internet use
have begun to experience interruptions in telephone service. These carriers have
petitioned  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  to impose  access  fees on
Internet service providers and online service providers. If such access fees are
imposed,   the  costs  of   communicating   on  the  Internet   could   increase
substantially,  potentially  slowing the increasing  use of the Internet,  which
could in turn decrease the demand for our services or increase our cost of doing
business and thus have a harmful effect on our business.

         QUALIFICATION  TO DO  BUSINESS We may have to qualify to do business in
other  jurisdictions.  As our service is available over the Internet in multiple
states and foreign  countries,  and as we sell to numerous consumers resident in
such  states and foreign  countries,  such  jurisdictions  may claim that we are
required to qualify to do business as a foreign  corporation  in each such state
and foreign country.  We are qualified to do business in only three states,  and
our failure to qualify as a foreign  corporation in a jurisdiction  where we are
required to do so could subject us to taxes and penalties.

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, LICENSES, AND FRANCHISES

         TechStore  and  Office  Express do not hold any  patents or  registered
trademarks.  TechStore  holds  various web domain  names  relating to our brand,
including  the  "TechStore.com"  and   "OfficeExpress.com"   domain  names.  The
regulation  of domain  names in the United  States and in foreign  countries  is
subject to change in the near  future.  Such  changes  in the United  States are
expected  to  include a  transition  from the  current  system  of  governmental
regulation to a system, which is controlled by a non-profit  corporation and the
creation  of  additional  top-level  domains.  We may not be able to  acquire or
maintain relevant domain names in all countries in which we conduct or intend to
conduct business.  Furthermore,  the relationship between regulations  governing
domain names and the laws protecting  trademarks and similar  proprietary rights
is unclear.  Therefore, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring
domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise  decrease the value
of or dilute the TechStore brand.

         Our proprietary software is protected by copyright and applicable trade
secret law. As part of our confidentiality  procedures,  we generally enter into
agreements   with  our  employees  and  consultants  and  limit  access  to  and
distribution of our software,  documentation and other proprietary  information.
Notwithstanding  these  precautions,  it might be possible  for a third party to
copy or otherwise obtain and use our software or other  proprietary  information
without  authorization  or to develop similar software  independently.  Policing
unauthorized use of our technology is difficult, particularly because the global
nature of the Internet makes it difficult to control the ultimate destination or
security of software or other data transmitted.  The laws of other countries may
afford us little or no effective protection of our intellectual property.

         We may in the  future  receive,  notices  from third  parties  claiming
infringement by our software or other aspects of our business.  While we are not
currently  subject to any such claim,  any future claim,  with or without merit,
could result in significant litigation costs and diversion of our management and
other  resources  and could  require  us to enter  into  royalty  and  licensing
agreements,  either or both of which could  seriously  harm our  business.  Such
royalty and  licensing  agreements,  if required,  may not be available on terms
acceptable to us or at all. In the future,  we may also need to file lawsuits to
enforce our  intellectual  property  rights,  to protect our trade secrets or to
determine  the  validity  and scope of the  proprietary  rights of others.  Such
litigation,  whether it is successful or not, could result in substantial  costs
and diversion of resources and could seriously harm our business.

                                       11
<PAGE>

         We  rely on a  variety  of  technologies  that we  license  from  third
parties,  including our database and Internet server  software,  which we use in
our web site to perform  key  functions.  We cannot  assure you that these third
party  technology  licenses will continue to be available to us on  commercially
reasonable terms. Our loss of or inability to maintain or obtain upgrades to any
of  these  technology   licenses  could  result  in  delays  in  completing  our
proprietary   software   enhancements  and  new  development   until  equivalent
technology could be identified,  licensed or developed, and integrated. Any such
delays could seriously harm our business.

COMPETITION

         We  face   competition   from   other   capital   providers   including
publicly-traded   Internet  companies,   venture  capital  companies  and  large
corporations.  Many of these  competitors have greater  financial  resources and
brand name recognition  than we do. These  competitors may limit our opportunity
to acquire interests in new Portfolio Companies.  If we cannot acquire interests
in  attractive  companies,  our  strategy  to build a  collaborative  network of
Portfolio Companies may not succeed.

         Competition for Internet products and services is intense.  Traditional
media companies, such as television broadcasters,  magazine publishers and radio
stations,  are  continuously  refining  their content and strategies to increase
their  audiences and advertising and  sponsorship  revenues.  Additionally,  the
number  of Web  sites  competing  for  the  attention  and  spending  of  users,
advertisers and sponsors is increasing exponentially. Our sites will compete for
users, advertisers and sponsors based on the value of their demographics.

         If our Portfolio Companies are unable to compete successfully, they may
fail. Competition is likely to increase significantly as new companies enter the
market and  competitors  expand their  services.  Competitors  for our Portfolio
companies are likely to enjoy substantial competitive advantages,  including the
following:

   -     larger numbers of users and advertisers;
   -     greater brand recognition;
   -     more fully-developed electronic commerce opportunities;
   -     larger technical, marketing and production staffs; and
   -     greater financial, marketing, technical and other resources.

CREDIT FACILITIES

         In connection with TechStore's  distribution  arrangement with TechData
Corporation,  TechStore  currently has lines of credit in the amount of $300,000
with  each  of  Deutche   Financial   Services  and  TechData   Credit  Services
Corporation. The Credit Lines accrue interest at a rate of 1.1875% per month.

EMPLOYEES

         As of August 31, 1999,  the Company had 15 employees.  The Company also
retains the  services  of  independent  contractors  for  software  development,
accounting  services,  and  product  fulfillment.   None  of  our  employees  is
represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good.
We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued  ability
to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel.

                                       12
<PAGE>

         IN ADDITION TO OTHER  INFORMATION IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-KSB,
THE FOLLOWING IMPORTANT FACTORS SHOULD BE CAREFULLY CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING THE
COMPANY AND ITS  BUSINESS  BECAUSE  SUCH FACTORS  CURRENTLY  HAVE A  SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT ON THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS, PROSPECTS,  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.

RISKS PARTICULAR TO THE COMPANY

WE HAVE  INCURRED  OPERATING  LOSSES  AND WE MAY NOT BE  PROFITABLE  IN THE NEAR
FUTURE

         Since we began operations,  we have incurred operating losses. Although
management  believes  it could  reduce  the  Company's  operating  losses in the
future,  no  assurance  can be  given  that  management  will be  successful  in
achieving this objective.  In addition, our plan to acquire additional Portfolio
Companies  may  result in  additional  operating  expenses.  Failure  to achieve
profitability  within the timeframe  expected by investors may adversely  affect
the market price of our Common Stock. We have incurred net losses of $1,331,431,
$3,347,435  and  $2,207,131  for the years ended June 30,  1996,  1997 and 1998,
respectively,  and a net loss of  $728,297  for the year  ended  June 30,  1999,
although such net losses for such periods resulted from the Company's operations
prior to the implementation of its new business plan.

LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY

         Currently,  the Company's business is principally  operated through its
TechStore, LLC and Office Express, Inc. subsidiaries. It is anticipated that the
Company will close on the acquisition of SSPS, Inc. and its affiliated companies
("Tri-Step")  during the second  quarter of 2000.  The Company and its Portfolio
Companies are among the many companies that have entered into the relatively new
Internet  markets.  Our  Portfolio  Companies  are in the early  stages of their
development. Our business and prospects must be considered in light of the risk,
expense and difficulties  frequently  encountered by companies in an early stage
of development,  particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets such
as the Internet. If we are unable to effectively allocate our resources and help
grow our Portfolio  Companies,  our stock price may be adversely affected and we
may be unable to execute our strategy of developing a  collaborative  network of
Portfolio Companies.  Our business depends upon the performance of our Portfolio
Companies,  which is uncertain.  Economic,  governmental,  industry and internal
company factors outside our control may affect each of our Portfolio  Companies.
A significant  portion of our assets will be comprised of ownership interests in
our Portfolio Companies. If our Portfolio Companies do not succeed, the value of
our assets will decline.

WE MAY NEED ADDITIONAL FINANCING

         We believe that proceeds from the issuance of securities  together with
anticipated  cash flow from operations  could be adequate to fund our operations
for the next fiscal year. There can be no assurance,  however,  that we will not
require  additional  financing  prior to or after  such  time.  There  can be no
assurance  that any  additional  financing  will be  available to the Company on
acceptable  terms,  or at all. If adequate funds are not available,  the Company
may be required to delay,  scale back or eliminate its plans for expansion.  Our
inability to obtain additional financing could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

                                       13
<PAGE>

BUSINESS MODEL IS UNPROVEN

         Our strategy is based on an unproven business model. Our business model
depends  on the  willingness  of  companies  to join  our  network  of  Internet
businesses and the ability of the network to assist our Portfolio Companies.  If
we cannot convince  companies of the value of our business model, our ability to
attract new companies will be adversely  affected and our strategy of building a
collaborative network may not succeed.

         We may be unable to identify  companies  that  complement our strategy,
and even if we  identify a company  that  complements  our  strategy,  we may be
unable to acquire an interest in the company for many reasons, including:

   -     a failure to agree on the terms of the acquisition,  such as the amount
         or price of our acquired interest;
   -     incompatibility between us and management of the company;
   -     competition from other acquirors;
   -     a lack of  capital to acquire an interest in the company; and the
         unwillingness of the company to partner with us.

         If we cannot acquire interests in attractive companies, our strategy to
build a collaborative network of Portfolio Companies may not succeed.

DEPENDENCE ON CONTINUED GROWTH OF THE INTERNET AND INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE

         The Company's  future success is highly dependent upon continued growth
in the use of the  Internet  generally  and,  in  particular,  as a  medium  for
advertising, marketing, services and commerce. Commercial use of the Internet is
at an early stage of  development,  and market  acceptance  of the Internet as a
medium for advertising,  information  services and commerce is subject to a high
level  of  uncertainty.  The  relative  effectiveness  of  the  Internet  as  an
advertising  medium as compared to traditional  advertising  media, for example,
has not been  determined.  Further,  there can be no assurance that the required
infrastructure   to  support   future   Internet  user  and  traffic  growth  or
complementary  products  or  services  necessary  to make the  Internet a viable
commercial  marketplace will be developed,  or, if they are developed,  that the
Internet will become a viable  commercial  marketplace for products and services
such as those offered by the Company. If commercial use of the Internet fails to
continue to expand, the Company's business,  results of operations and financial
condition would be adversely affected.

WE WILL  RELY ON  MERCHANDISE  VENDORS  FOR  SUPPLY,  SHIPPING  AND  QUALITY  OF
PRODUCTS.

         Supply.  We rely on  vendors to supply us with  merchandise.  We do not
have any long-term contracts or arrangements with our vendors that guarantee the
availability  of  merchandise.  As a  result,  we may  not  be  able  to  obtain
sufficient  quality and quantities of merchandise at competitive  prices.  Also,
the  quality of service  provided by such  parties  may fall below the  standard
needed to enable us to conduct our business  effectively.  TechStore  and Office
Express  cannot  assure you that their  current  vendors will continue to supply
merchandise or that we will be able to establish new vendor  relationships  that
will ensure that merchandise will be available.

         Customer   service--shipping   and  quality  of   products   (returns).
Currently,   TechStore  utilizes   fulfillment   services  offered  by  TechData
Corporation,  and Office Express utilized fulfillment services offered by United
Stationers  Supply Co. The  vendors  ship  merchandise  directly  to  customers.
Consequently,  we will have  limited  control  over the goods  shipped  by these
vendors,  and shipments of goods may be subject to delays.  In addition,  we may

                                       14
<PAGE>

accept returns from customers for which we will not receive  reimbursements from
manufacturers  or vendors.  If the quality of service  provided by such  vendors
falls  below  a  satisfactory  standard  or if  our  level  of  returns  exceeds
expectations, this could have a harmful effect on our business.

WE RELY ON OTHER THIRD PARTIES IN CONDUCTING OUR OPERATIONS

         In conducting our operations, we depend on several other third parties,
including the following:

  o      Fulfillment.  Third  parties  fulfill  all of our  sales.  Any  service
         interruptions  experienced by these distribution centers as a result of
         labor  problems or otherwise  could disrupt or prevent  fulfillment  of
         customer orders;

  o      Operating  software.  Our  internally-developed   software  depends  on
         operating  systems,   database  and  server  software  that  have  been
         developed, produced by and licensed from third parties;

  o      Payment  processing.  We rely on one or two  processors  of credit card
         transactions.  If computer  systems  failures or other problems were to
         prevent them from  processing  our credit card  transactions,  we would
         experience delays and business disruptions; and

  o      Shipping.  We use one or two  primary  delivery  services  to ship  our
         products.  Our business  would suffer if labor problems or other causes
         prevented  these  or any  other  major  carriers  from  delivering  our
         products for significant time periods.

OUR SUCCESS IS DEPENDENT ON KEY PERSONNEL

         We believe that our success will depend on continued  employment  by us
and our Portfolio Companies of senior management and key technical personnel. If
one or more members of our senior management or our Portfolio  Companies' senior
management  would  become  unable or  unwilling  to  continue  in their  present
positions,  our business and operations could be disrupted.  In addition, we may
be unable to find and hire  additional  qualified  management  and  professional
personnel to help lead us and our  Portfolio  Companies.  The success of some of
our Portfolio  Companies also depends on their having highly  trained  technical
and marketing  personnel.  Our Portfolio Companies will need to continue to hire
additional  personnel  as their  businesses  grow.  A shortage  in the number of
trained  technical  and  marketing  personnel  could  limit the  ability  of our
Portfolio Companies to grow their business.

POTENTIAL FOR OPERATING LOSSES

         Our expenses will increase as we build an  infrastructure  to implement
our business  model.  For example,  we expect to hire  additional  employees and
expand our information technology systems. In addition, we plan to significantly
increase  our  operating  expenses  to broaden  our  Portfolio  Company  support
capabilities,   explore  acquisition  opportunities  and  alliances  with  other
companies,  and facilitate business  arrangements among our Portfolio Companies.
Expenses may also increase due to the potential effect of goodwill  amortization
and other charges  resulting from completed and future  acquisitions.  If any of
these and other expenses are not accompanied by increased revenue, our operating
losses will be greater than we anticipate.

                                       15
<PAGE>

Y2K COMPLIANCE

         Although  management  believes that the computer systems of the Company
and its the Portfolio Companies are Year 2000 compliant, it is possible that our
systems and those of our Portfolio Companies as well as third parties (over whom
we have  little or no  control)  may not be Year 2000  compliant.  Should any of
these computer  systems fail to be Year 2000  compliant,  our operations and the
operations of our Portfolio Companies could be disrupted. Many software programs
have been  written  using two  digits  rather  than  four  digits to define  the
applicable  year.  This poses a problem at the end of the century  because these
programs may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900,  rather than the year
2000. This in turn could result in major system failures or miscalculations  and
is  generally  referred to as the Year 2000 issue.  We may realize  exposure and
risk if our  systems  and the  systems  on which  our  Portfolio  Companies  are
dependent to conduct their operations are not Year 2000 compliant. Our potential
areas of exposure  include  products  purchased from third  parties,  computers,
software,  telephone systems and other equipment used internally. If our present
efforts  and the  efforts of our  Portfolio  Companies  to address the Year 2000
compliance  issues are not successful,  or if distributors,  suppliers and other
third parties with which we and our Portfolio  Companies conduct business do not
successfully  address  such  issues,  our  business  and the  businesses  of our
Portfolio  Companies  may  not be  operational  for a  period  of  time.  If the
Web-hosting  facilities of our Portfolio  Companies are not Year 2000 compliant,
their  production Web sites would be  unavailable  and they would not be able to
deliver services to their users.

RISKS  PARTICULAR  TO  OUR  PROPOSED   ACQUISITIONS  AND  PROSPECTIVE  PORTFOLIO
COMPANIES

UNCERTAINTY OF CONSUMMATION OF PROPOSED ACQUISITIONS

         Although  the Company and its E-Taxi  subsidiary  have  entered  into a
definitive  agreement with the stockholders of SSPS, each party's  obligation to
consummate  the   acquisition  is  subject  to  the   satisfaction  of  numerous
conditions,  including  the absence of  material  adverse  changes in  business,
financial condition and results of operations. In addition,  TopTeam has entered
into letters of intent with the TopTeam  Candidates,  none of which are binding.
Therefore, no assurance can be provided that E-Taxi will consummate its proposed
acquisition  of SSPS  nor that  TopTeam  and the  Company  will  consummate  the
proposed acquisition of the TopTeam Candidates.

RISKS INHERENT TO COMPANY'S ACQUISITION STRATEGY

         The  Company  has in the past,  and  intends in the  future,  to expand
through the acquisition of businesses, technologies, products and services, such
as the recent  acquisitions of E-Taxi and the proposed  acquisitions of the SSPS
companies and the TopTeam Candidates. Acquisitions may result in the potentially
dilutive issuance of equity  securities,  the incurrence of additional debt, the
write-off of in-process  research and  development of software  acquisition  and
development costs, and the amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets.
For example,  for the year ended June 30, 1999, the Company recorded  in-process
research  and  development  expense  of  approximately  $20,000,   primarily  in
connection   with  the   acquisition  of  TechStore.   In  September,   1998,  a
representative  of the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the SEC) advised the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to factors to be
considered in the valuation of in-process research and development. Although the
release of this new  guidance  presents the  potential  risk of  adjustments  to
reported amounts, if the Company's  valuation  methodology were to be challenged
by the SEC,  the Company  believes  that its  recorded  in-process  research and
development expenses were determined in compliance with such guidance.  Any such
adjustment could result in an increase in the amount of goodwill recorded, which
would result in higher amortization  expenses and,  therefore,  adversely affect
the  Company's  operating  results.  Further,  acquisitions  involve a number of
special problems, including difficulty integrating technologies, operations and

                                       16
<PAGE>


personnel  and  diversion  of  management  attention  in  connection  with  both
negotiating  the  acquisitions  and  integrating  the  assets.  There  can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing  such  problems.  In
addition, growth associated with numerous acquisitions places significant strain
on the Company's  managerial and  operational  resources.  The Company's  future
operating  results  will  depend  to a  significant  degree  on its  ability  to
successfully  manage growth and  integrate  acquisitions.  Furthermore,  many of
Company's  investments  are in  early-stage  companies,  with limited  operating
histories and limited or no revenues.  Although  management believes that it can
manage these  acquisitions  profitably in the future,  there can be no assurance
that the Company will be successful in developing such companies.

UNCERTAINTIES ASSOCIATED WITH SELLING ASSETS

         A significant  element of the Company's business plan involves selling,
in public or private  offerings,  portions of the  companies it has acquired and
developed. The Company's ability to engage in any such transactions,  the timing
of such  transactions  and the amount of  proceeds  from such  transactions  are
dependent on market and other conditions  largely beyond the Company's  control.
Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to engage
in such transactions in the future or that when the Company is able to engage in
such  transactions  they will be at favorable prices. If the Company were unable
to  liquidate  portions of its  portfolio  companies at  favorable  prices,  the
Company's  business,  financial  condition  and results of  operations  would be
adversely affected.

MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

         The Company's growth has placed,  and is expected to continue to place,
a significant  strain on the  Company's  managerial,  operational  and financial
resources.  Further, as the number of the Company's users, advertisers and other
business   partners   grows,   the  Company  is  required  to  manage   multiple
relationships  with  various  customers,  strategic  partners  and  other  third
parties.  These  requirements will be exacerbated in the event of further growth
of the Company or in the number of its strategic  relationships  or  sponsorship
arrangements.  There can be no assurance that the Company's systems,  procedures
or controls  will be adequate to support the  Company's  operations  or that the
Company  management  will be able to achieve the rapid  execution  necessary  to
successfully offer its services and implement its business plan.

COMPETITION

         Competition  for  Internet  products  and  services  is  intense.   Our
Portfolio  Companies  will  compete for their share of a  customer's  purchasing
budget for  services,  materials  and supplies  with other online  providers and
traditional  distribution  channels;  dollars spent on consulting  services with
many  established  information  systems and  management  consulting  firms;  and
advertising budget with online services and traditional  off-line media, such as
print and trade associations.  Furthermore, our Portfolio Companies' competitors
may develop Internet  products or services that are superior to, or have greater
market acceptance than, the solutions offered by our Portfolio Companies. If our
Portfolio   Companies   are  unable  to  compete   successfully   against  their
competitors,  our Portfolio Companies may fail. Many of our Portfolio Companies'
competitors will have greater brand recognition and greater financial, marketing
and other resources than our Portfolio  Companies.  This may place our Portfolio
Companies  at  a  disadvantage  in  responding  to  their  competitors'  pricing
strategies,    technological   advances,    advertising   campaigns,   strategic
partnerships and other initiatives.

                                       17
<PAGE>

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

         Proprietary  rights may be  important  to the success  and  competitive
position of our Portfolio  Companies.  Although our Portfolio Companies may seek
to protect their proprietary rights,  their actions may be inadequate to protect
any trademarks and other proprietary  rights. In addition,  effective  copyright
and trademark  protection may be unenforceable or limited in certain  countries,
and the global  nature of the  Internet may make it  impossible  for some of our
Portfolio  Companies to control the dissemination of their work and use of their
services.  Some of our Portfolio  Companies may also license  content from third
parties  and it is  possible  that they could  become  subject  to  infringement
actions based upon the content licensed from those third parties.  Our Portfolio
Companies  may obtain  representations  as to the origin and  ownership  of such
licensed content;  however,  this may not adequately  protect them. Any of these
claims,  with or without merit, could subject our Portfolio  Companies to costly
litigation and the diversion of their technical and management personnel. If our
Portfolio  Companies  incur  costly  litigation  and  their  personnel  are  not
effectively  deployed,  the expenses  incurred by our Portfolio  Companies  will
increase and their profits, if any, will decrease.

LEGAL LIABILITY

         Some of our Portfolio Companies may be subject to legal claims relating
to the content on their Web sites, or the  downloading and  distribution of this
content.  Claims could involve  matters such as defamation,  invasion of privacy
and  copyright  infringement.  Providers of Internet  products and services have
been sued in the past, sometimes successfully, based on the content of material.
In addition,  some of the content  provided by our Portfolio  Companies on their
Web  sites  may  be  drawn  from  data  compiled  by  other  parties,  including
governmental  and  commercial  sources,  and  rely  on our  Portfolio  Companies
re-entering  the  data.  This  data may  have  errors.  If any of our  Portfolio
Companies'  Web  site  content  is  improperly  used or if any of our  Portfolio
Companies supply incorrect information, it could result in unexpected liability.
Any of our Portfolio Companies that incur this type of unexpected  liability may
not  have  insurance  to  cover  the  claim  or its  insurance  may not  provide
sufficient  coverage.  If our Portfolio Companies incur substantial cost because
of this type of  unexpected  liability,  the expenses  incurred by our Portfolio
Companies will increase and their profits, if any, will decrease.

SYSTEM FAILURE

         Some of our Portfolio Companies' businesses may depend on the efficient
and  uninterrupted  operation  of their  computer  and  communications  hardware
systems.  Any system interruptions that cause our Portfolio Companies' Web sites
to be unavailable to Web browsers may reduce the attractiveness of our Portfolio
Companies'  Web sites to third party content  providers.  If third party content
providers are unwilling to use our Portfolio Companies' Web sites, our business,
financial   condition  and  operating  results  could  be  adversely   affected.
Interruptions  could  result  from  natural  disasters  as well as  power  loss,
telecommunications  failure and similar  events.  Capacity limits on some of our
Portfolio  Companies'  technology,  transaction  processing  systems and network
hardware  and  software  may be difficult to project and they may not be able to
expand and  upgrade  their  systems  to meet  increased  use.  As traffic on our
Portfolio  Companies'  Web sites  increases,  they must expand and upgrade their
technology,  transaction  processing  systems and network hardware and software.
Our Portfolio Companies may be unable to accurately project the rate of increase
in use of their Web sites. In addition,  our Portfolio Companies may not be able
to  expand  and  upgrade  their  systems  and  network   hardware  and  software
capabilities to accommodate  increased use of their  Websites.  If our Portfolio
Companies are unable to appropriately upgrade their systems and network hardware
and software,  the  operations  and processes of our Portfolio  Companies may be
disrupted.

                                       18
<PAGE>

WEB SITE ADDRESSES

         Our  Portfolio  Companies  may be unable to acquire or maintain  easily
identifiable Web site addresses or prevent third parties from acquiring Web site
addresses similar to theirs. In these instances, our Portfolio Companies may not
grow as we  expect.  The  acquisition  and  maintenance  of Web  site  addresses
generally  is  regulated  by  governmental  agencies  and their  designees.  The
regulation of Web site  addresses in the United States and in foreign  countries
is subject to change.  As a result,  our Portfolio  Companies may not be able to
acquire or maintain  relevant  Web site  addresses in all  countries  where they
conduct business.  Furthermore,  the relationship between regulations  governing
such addresses and laws protecting trademarks is unclear.

RISKS RELATED TO THE INTERNET INDUSTRY

SECURITY CONCERNS

         Concern regarding the security of confidential  information transmitted
over the  Internet  may  prevent  potential  customers  from  engaging in online
transactions. If our Portfolio Companies that depend on such transactions do not
add sufficient security features to their future product releases, our Portfolio
Companies'  products may not gain market  acceptance  or there may be additional
legal exposure to them. Despite the measures some of our Portfolio Companies may
take, the  infrastructure of each of them is potentially  vulnerable to physical
or electronic  break-ins,  viruses or similar problems.  If a person circumvents
the security measures imposed by any one of our Portfolio  Companies,  he or she
could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruption in operations
of  the  Portfolio   Company.   Security  breaches  that  result  in  access  to
confidential information could damage the reputation of any one of our Portfolio
Companies  and  expose  the  Portfolio  Company  affected  to a risk  of loss or
liability.  Some of our Portfolio  Companies may be required to make significant
investments  and  efforts  to  protect  against  or  remedy  security  breaches.
Additionally,  as e-commerce becomes more widespread,  our Portfolio  Companies'
customers will become more concerned about security.  If our Portfolio Companies
are unable to  adequately  address  these  concerns,  they may be unable to sell
their goods and services.

RAPID TECHNOLOGY CHANGE

         The  markets  in  which  our  Portfolio   Companies  will  operate  are
characterized by rapid  technological  change,  frequent new product and service
introductions and evolving industry standards. Significant technological changes
could render their  existing Web site  technology or other products and services
obsolete.  The e-commerce  market's  growth and intense  competition  exacerbate
these conditions.  If our Portfolio Companies are unable to successfully respond
to these  developments or do not respond in a cost-effective  way, our business,
financial  condition and  operating  results will be adversely  affected.  To be
successful, our Portfolio Companies must adapt to their rapidly changing markets
by  continually  improving  the  responsiveness,  services and features of their
products and services and by developing  new features to meet the needs of their
customers. Our success will depend, in part, on our Portfolio Companies' ability
to  license  leading  technologies  useful in their  businesses,  enhance  their
existing  products and services and develop new  offerings and  technology  that
address the needs of their customers.  Our Portfolio Companies will also need to
respond  to  technological   advances  and  emerging  industry  standards  in  a
cost-effective and timely manner.

                                       19
<PAGE>

GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES

         Because of the Internet's  popularity and increasing  use, new laws and
regulations may be adopted.  These laws and regulations may cover issues such as
the  collection  of and use of data from Web site  visitors and related  privacy
issues,  pricing,  content,  copyrights,  online gambling,  distribution and the
quality  of  goods  and  services.  The  enactment  of any  additional  laws  or
regulations  may impede the growth of the Internet and  e-commerce,  which could
decrease the revenue of our Portfolio  Companies and place additional  financial
burdens on our business and the businesses of our Portfolio Companies.  Laws and
regulations  directly  applicable to e-commerce or Internet  communications  are
becoming more prevalent.  For example,  Congress recently enacted laws regarding
online copyright infringement and the protection of information collected online
from  children.  Although these laws may not have a direct adverse effect on our
business  or  those  of our  Portfolio  Companies,  they  add to the  legal  and
regulatory burden faced by our Portfolio Companies.

RISK RELATED TO THE MARKET

VOLATILE MARKET PRICE FOR COMMON STOCK

         The market price for our common stock is likely to be highly  volatile.
The trading prices of many technology and  Internet-related  company stocks have
reached  historical  highs  within  the last  year and have  reflected  relative
valuations  substantially  above historical levels.  During the same period, the
stocks of these  companies have also been highly volatile and have recorded lows
well below such  historical  highs.  We cannot  assure you that our common stock
will trade at the same levels of other Internet  stocks or that Internet  stocks
in general will sustain their current market prices.  The following  factors may
add to our common stock price's volatility:

   -     actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results and
         those of our Portfolio Companies;
   -     changes in our financial estimates and those of our Portfolio Companies
         by securities analysts;
   -     conditions  or trends in the Internet  industry in general and Internet
         media properties in particular;
   -     announcements  by our  Portfolio  Companies  and their  competitors  of
         technological innovations;
   -     announcements  by us or our Portfolio  Companies or our  competitors of
         significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;
   -     changes in the market  valuations of our Portfolio  Companies and other
         Internet companies;
   -     our capital commitments;
   -     additions or  departures  of our key personnel and key personnel of our
         Portfolio Companies; and
   -     sales of our common stock.

         Many of these  factors  are  beyond  our  control.  These  factors  may
decrease  the market  price of our common  stock,  regardless  of our  operating
performance.

THE SIGNIFICANT  CONTROL OVER STOCKHOLDER  VOTING MATTERS WHICH MAY BE EXERCISED
BY OUR  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS  AND  DIRECTORS  WILL  DEPRIVE YOU OF THE ABILITY TO
INFLUENCE CORPORATE ACTIONS

         Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates  beneficially
own approximately  65.6% of the Company's Common Stock as of September 30, 1999.
As a result, these stockholders,  if they act together,  will be able to control
all matters requiring stockholder approval,  including the election of directors
and  approval of  significant  corporate  transactions.  This  concentration  of

                                       20
<PAGE>

ownership  may have the effect of delaying,  preventing or deterring a change in
control of the Company,  could deprive our  stockholders  of an  opportunity  to
receive a premium  for their  Common  Stock as part of a sale of the Company and
might affect the market price of our Common Stock.

FUTURE SALES BY EXISTING  SECURITY HOLDERS COULD DEPRESS THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR
COMMON STOCK

         If our  existing  stockholders  sell a large  number  of  shares of our
Common Stock, the market price of the Common Stock could decline  significantly.
Moreover,  the  perception in the public  market that our existing  stockholders
might sell shares of Common  Stock could  depress the market price of the Common
Stock.  Approximately 14,500,000 shares are outstanding as of September 27, 1999
of which  approximately  11,000,000  shares will be available  for resale in the
public market without registration, subject to compliance with Rule 144. Many of
our existing stockholders have the right to include their shares of Common Stock
in a registration  statement with the Securities and Exchange  Commission should
the Company elect to file a registration  statement  with the Commission  (other
than on Forms S-4 or S-8). If we register their shares of Common Stock, they can
freely sell those  shares in the public  market which may  adversely  effect the
market for, and trading price of our Common Stock.

FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR STOCK PRICE

         We expect that our quarterly  results could fluctuate significantly due
to many factors, including:

   -     the operating results of our Portfolio Companies;
   -     changes  in  our  methods  of  accounting  for  our  Portfolio  Company
         interests,  which may result from changes in our ownership  percentages
         of our Portfolio Companies;
   -     sales of equity  securities  by our  Portfolio  Companies,  which could
         cause us to  recognize  gains or  losses  under  applicable  accounting
         rules;
   -     intense competition;
   -     management of our growth and the growth of our Portfolio Companies; and
   -     divestitures of interests in our Portfolio Companies.

         We believe that  period-to-period  comparisons of our operating results
are  not  meaningful.  Additionally,  if our  operating  results  in one or more
quarters  do not meet  investors'  expectations,  the price of our common  stock
could decrease.

PENNY STOCK REGULATIONS MAY IMPOSE CERTAIN  RESTRICTIONS ON MARKETABILITY OF OUR
SHARES.

         The Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") has adopted
regulations  which  generally  define a "penny stock" to be any equity  security
that has a market  price (as  defined) of less than $5.00 per share,  subject to
certain  exceptions.  Since our Common  Stock is not listed on The Nasdaq  Stock
Market,  such  securities  are not exempt from the  definition of "penny stock."
Therefore, our Common Stock may be subject to rules that impose additional sales
practice  requirements  on  broker-dealers  who sell such  securities to persons
other than established  customers and accredited investors (generally those with
assets in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000,  or $300,000
together  with their  spouse).  For  transactions  covered by these  rules,  the
broker-dealer must make a special suitability  determination for the purchase of
"penny  stock"  and  have  received  the  purchaser's  written  consent  to  the
transaction prior to the purchase.  Also, for any transaction involving a "penny
stock", unless exempt, the rules require the delivery, prior to the transaction,
of a risk disclosure  document mandated by the Commission  relating to the penny

                                       21
<PAGE>


stock market.  The  broker-dealer  must also disclose the commission  payable to
both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for
the  securities  and,  if  the  broker-dealer  is the  sole  market  maker.  The
broker-dealer must disclose this fact and the  broker-dealer's  presumed control
over the market.  Finally,  monthly  statements must be sent  disclosing  recent
price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the
limited  market in penny  stocks.  Consequently,  the  "penny  stock"  rules may
restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Company's  securities and may
affect  the  ability  of  purchasers  in this  Offering  to sell  the  Company's
securities in the  secondary  market  (assuming the Shares are  registered or an
exemption  from the  registration  requirements  is available)  and the price at
which such purchasers can sell any such securities.

UNCERTAINTY  ELIGIBILITY OF THE COMMON STOCK FOR LISTING ON THE NASDAQ  SMALLCAP
MARKET

         In the  event  the  Company  files an  application  with  the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ") to
list the Company's Common Stock for quotation on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market,  no
assurance can be given that such application will be approved.  In addition,  it
should be noted that the Company's shares of Common Stock were delisted from The
NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market in July 1998  because of the  failure  to  satisfy  the
continued  listing  requirements.  It should be noted that the  initial  listing
requirements  applicable to an application which may be submitted by the Company
are more rigorous than the continued listing requirements.

ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS

         The  Company has never  declared or paid,  nor does it intend or pay in
the foreseeable  future, cash dividends on its Common Stock, but intends instead
to retain any future earnings to finance expansion and operations.

ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

         In July 1999, the Company  relocated its executive offices from Corona,
California  to San Jose  California.  It closed its office in Corona and entered
into a  month-to-month  lease  arrangement for the Company's  executive  offices
located at 255 West Julian Street,  Suite 100, San Jose, CA with Crown Services,
Inc.  ("Crown"),  pursuant to which the Company  reimburses  Crown $5,421.56 per
month,  the direct  rental cost for  approximately  3,200  square feet of office
space.  Robert M. Wallace,  the Company's Chairman of the Board, is the Chairman
and  principal  stockholder  of Crown.  Additionally,  in April 1998,  TechStore
entered into a month to month lease  agreement with Bejan  Aminifard,  the Chief
Executive Officer of TechStore,  pursuant to which TechStore leases 1,200 square
feet for its  executive  offices  located at 14  Commercial  Boulevard,  Novato,
California for $1,400 per month.

         On April 23,  1987,  L.  Wayne  Kiley and Nancy  Kiley,  the  Company's
President and Secretary, respectively, purchased a fifty percent (50%) undivided
interest in the land and 5,000  square-foot  building at 205 East Fifth  Street,
Corona,  California,  which had, until  February  1994,  served as the Company's
headquarters, and subsequently was used as an interim sales office and temporary
headquarters for Medical Marketplace until October,  1995. On June 30, 1987, the
Kiley's  deeded their fifty percent  (50%)  interest in the land and building to
the Company in exchange for 952,623  shares of common stock of the Company.  The
other fifty  percent  (50%)  interest in the land and building was owned by Jack
Mooney,  an unrelated third party, who, in June, 1997, sold such interest to the
Company in exchange for the  cancellation  of certain  indebtedness.  In October
1998, the Company  transferred the property as consideration for cancellation of
outstanding indebtedness in the aggregate principal amount of $200,000.  Shortly

                                       22
<PAGE>


thereafter,  Mr. Mooney sold the property to the Kiley Children's Trust, a trust
created for the benefit of the children of L. Wayne Kiley,  the Company's  Chief
Executive Officer and former Chairman of the Board.

         On December  1, 1997,  the Company  entered  into a lease with  Quality
Associates,  Inc.,  a company  owned  and  controlled  by L.  Wayne  Kiley,  the
Company's  Chairman of the Board,  Chief  Executive  Officer and President.  The
lease was for the Company's  executive  offices located at 1171 Railroad Street,
Corona,  CA 91720,  and for  warehouse  space located at 340 North Grant Street,
Corona, CA, each for a three year term ending October 31, 2000. The office space
and the  warehouse  space  required  the payment of $9,000 and $4,000 in monthly
rent,  respectively.  Maintenance of the premises was at the Company's  expense.
The  Company has failed to pay rent since  September  1998.  In April 1999,  the
Company's landlord, Quality Associates, Inc., a company owned by L. Wayne Kiley,
the Company's Chief Executive  Officer and former Chairman of the Board,  agreed
to cancel all rent due and payable by the Company $64,536 to Quality Associates,
Inc. in exchange  for the  reduction of the  exercise  price of certain  options
granted to Mr. Kiley. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Company is not a party to any material  legal  proceedings  nor are
any material legal proceedings threatened against the Company.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         On August 12, 1999, the Company  received written consents in lieu of a
meeting  of  stockholders  from  holders  of  6,873,734  shares of Common  Stock
representing  approximately  51.6% of the total issued and outstanding shares of
voting stock of the Company  approving  (i) the adoption of the  Company's  1999
Stock Plan and (ii) an amendment to the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation
changing the Company's name to "eMarketplace, Inc.".

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The  Company's  securities  commenced  trading on The  Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market system upon the effectiveness of the Company's Initial Public Offering on
June 22, 1993. As of that date, the Company's Common Stock, the Class A Warrants
and the Class B Warrants  began trading under the symbols "MKPL" and "MKPLW" and
"MKPLZ",  respectively.  The Common Stock is presently  quoted and traded on the
OTC Bulletin Board as a result of the Company's failure to satisfy the continued
listing  requirements of The Nasdaq  SmallCap Market in July,  1998. The Class A
Warrants and Class B Warrants were delisted from The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market as
of the close of  business on  December  18,  1996 and expired in June 1998.  The
Company also had Class D Warrants  which were  registered for trading on the OTC
Bulletin  Board under the symbol  "MKPLH"  which  expired on April 15, 1999.  On
August 27, 1999, the Company changed its trading symbol to "EMKT" to reflect the
Company's name change to eMarketplace, Inc. As of September 30, 1999, there were
approximately   135  holders  of  record  of  the  Company's  common  stock  and
approximately 800 beneficial owners.

         The  following  table  indicates  the high and low bid  prices  for the
Company's Common Stock for each of the quarters in the period from July 1, 1998,
through June 30, 1999, based upon information  supplied by the Nasdaq system and
the OTC Bulletin  Board.  Prices  represent  quotations  between dealers without
adjustments for retail markups, markdowns or commissions,  and may not represent
actual transactions.

                                       23
<PAGE>


                FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 1, 1997 TO JUNE 30, 1999
                                QUOTED BID PRICE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

1999 FY                1st Quarter          2nd Quarter        3rd Quarter        4th Quarter
                    (ended  9/30/98)     (ended  12/31/98)   (ended  3/31/99)  (ended  6/30/99)
                    ----------------     -----------------   ----------------   ---------------
<S>                      <C>                   <C>                 <C>           <C>
Common Stock:
         High            $1.50                 $.875               $1.56         $6.375
         Low             $.875                 $.688               $.875         $1.375


1998 FY                1st Quarter          2nd Quarter*       3rd Quarter*         4th Quarter*
                    (ended  9/30/97)     (ended  12/31/97)   (ended  3/31/98)    (ended  6/30/98)
                    ----------------     -----------------   ----------------     ---------------

Common Stock:
         High            1.06                   1.53                1.00          1.56
         Low             1.00                   1.00                1.00          1.50
</TABLE>

         On  September  30,  1999,  the closing bid price of the Common Stock as
reported on OTC Bulletin Board was $7.00.  eMarketplace  has no dividend policy,
and does not intend to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

                                       24
<PAGE>


ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

         The   following   Management's   Discussion   and   Analysis   contains
forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's
actual  results  may  differ   materially   from  those   anticipated  in  these
forward-looking  statements  as a result of the  acquisition  of  TechStore  and
E-taxi, and the proposed  acquisition of SSPS, which is expected to close during
the  second  quarter  of fiscal  2000,  and other  factors,  including,  without
limitation,  those risk factors set forth under "Risk Factors"  included in Part
I, Item 1, - "Description of Business" of this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB.

OVERVIEW

         eMarketplace,  Inc. (the "Company") consists of eMarketplace,  Inc. and
its wholly owned  subsidiaries.  Until April 1999,  the Company was primarily in
engaged in the purchase and sale of new and used computer equipment, and through
its Medical Marketplace,  Inc. subsidiary, the purchase and sale of used medical
equipment.  However,  the Company  has been in the  process of winding  down its
computer  equipment  business because it has failed to operate  profitably since
the fiscal  year ended June 1994.  In April  1999,  the Board of  Directors,  in
connection  with their shift in business  strategy,  announced  its intention to
divest of Medical  Marketplace,  resulting in the classification of the business
as a discontinued operation.  Therefore, the results of Medical Marketplace have
been excluded from the results of operations of the Company, and a liability was
recorded as an estimate of the total loss to be incurred upon the sale.

         In April 1999, the Company adopted a new corporate  strategy focused on
developing,  acquiring and operating  Internet  businesses by acquiring  E-Taxi,
Inc. ("E-Taxi").  The Company is presently pursuing a business plan to become an
Internet holding company engaged primarily in the development and operation of a
network of Internet  properties  ("Portfolio  Companies")  that provide content,
commerce and online services to demographically-targeted audiences.

         On April 23, 1999, the Company acquired E-Taxi,  which is accounted for
as a  "reverse  acquisition."  As  consideration  for the  9,074,000  shares  of
E-Taxi's  common  stock and 400,000  shares of the  E-Taxi's  Series A Preferred
Stock,  the Company issued an aggregate of 9,074,000 shares of common stock, par
value  $.0001 per share,  and 400,000  shares of Series A Preferred  Stock,  par
value  $.0001 per share.  For  accounting  purposes,  E-Taxi is deemed to be the
acquirer, and the Company is deemed to be acquired, under the purchase method of
accounting. Therefore, the financial information presented herein represents the
historical  results of E-Taxi and the results of the Company from April 23, 1999
(date of acquisition)  only. E-Taxi was incorporated in the State of Delaware on
April 14, 1998 to develop a vertical Internet portal for the small office,  home
office ("SOHO") market.

         Immediately  prior to the  closing  of the E-Taxi  Acquisition,  E-Taxi
closed (i) a private  offering of its shares of preferred stock and common stock
raising an aggregate of  approximately  $1,400,000  and (ii) the  acquisition of
TechStore.  LLC, a California  limited  liability company  ("TechStore"),  is an
online retailer of computer hardware and software.

         The  acquisition  was  accounted  for as a  purchase.  The  results  of
operations include the results of TechStore from the date of acquisition.

                                       25
<PAGE>


         As of June 14, 1999, E-Taxi entered into (i) a Stock Purchase Agreement
(the "Stock Purchase  Agreement")  with all of the shareholders of SSPS, Inc., a
California  corporation  ("SSPS"),  pursuant  to  which  E-Taxi  has  agreed  to
purchase, and the shareholders of SSPS have agreed to sell,  approximately 94.6%
of the  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock of SSPS,  and (ii) a  Membership
Interest   Purchase   Agreement   with  all  of  the   members  of  Impact  Team
International,  LLC, a California  limited liability company and an affiliate of
SSPS  ("Impact"),  pursuant  to which  E-Taxi  has agreed to  purchase,  and the
members  of  Impact  have  agreed  to sell,  all of the  outstanding  membership
interests of Impact. SSPS, and its operating divisions TRISTEP, GIG2GIG.COM, and
IT  WORLDNET.COM,  and  Impact,  provide  short  term  and long  term  temporary
workforce solutions primarily to rapidly growing technology firms.

         The  closing of the  transactions  contemplated  by the Stock  Purchase
Agreement and the Membership  Interest  Purchase  Agreement (the  "Closing") are
subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including without limitation,
the execution and delivery of employment  agreements with certain members of the
senior  management team of SSPS, the release of a principal  stockholder of SSPS
of his guaranty of certain indebtedness of SSPS, the waiver of certain rights of
first  refusal to purchase the shares of SSPS capital stock owned by a principal
stockholder,  the termination  and release of certain  obligations of SSPS under
existing employment agreements and other customary conditions to closing. At the
Closing,  the Company will issue approximately 2.9 million shares of it's Common
Stock and pay cash and notes of approximately $1.5 million for SSPS. The Company
has also  agreed to  provide  the  sellers  of the SSPS  shares  and the  Impact
interests  with  demand  and  piggyback  registration  rights.  It is  presently
anticipated that the Company's  acquisition of SSPS and Impact will occur during
the second quarter of 2000.

         In August 1999, the Company's newly formed subsidiary,  Office Express,
Inc., launched its web site,  WWW.OFFICEEXPRESS.COM.  Offering over 20,000 brand
name office  products,  the site enables  online  customers  to purchase  office
products and supplies at competitive prices.  Products are generally shipped for
next day  delivery  for most  domestic  US  destinations  and the site  features
advanced online customer service  features,  including  customer shopping lists,
which allows users to manage lists of frequently purchased items.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         Because the Company had no revenues and nominal expenses for the period
from inception (April 14, 1998) to June 30, 1998 (total operating  expenses were
$8,071),  any  comparison  of fiscal  1999  results to fiscal  1998 would not be
meaningful  and have been  excluded from the  following  discussion.  The E-Taxi
Acquisition was accounted for as a reverse acquisition. The historical financial
statements reflect the operations of E-Taxi for twelve months and the operations
of Computer  Marketplace  from April 1999 to June 30,  1999.  In  addition,  any
forward looking information does not include the impact, if any, of the proposed
acquisition of SSPS discussed above.

     The Company may experience significant fluctuations in operating results in
future  periods due to a variety of factors,  including  but not limited to, the
following  factors which are  discussed at more length  elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-KSB:

   -     The Company has incurred operating losses and there can be no assurance
         that these losses will be reduced in the future.
   -     The Company has a limited  operating history on which to base estimates
         of future performance.
   -     The Company  may need  additional  financing  in order to carry out its
         business plans.

                                       26
<PAGE>

   -     The Company's business model is unproven and could fail.
   -     The  Company is  dependent  on  continued  growth of the  Internet  and
         Internet infrastructure.
   -     The completion of proposed acquisitions cannot be assured.
   -     The  Company  must  manage its growth and the  integration  of acquired
         businesses,  which diverts management's'  attention from the day-to-day
         operations of existing businesses.
   -     Competition for Internet products and services is intense.
   -     Some of the Company's  businesses may be dependent on the efficient and
         uninterrupted  operation of their computer and communications  hardware
         systems.
   -     The  market  in  which  the  Company   operates  is  subject  to  rapid
         technological  change,  which could render the  Company's  products and
         services obsolete.


FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

NET LOSS

         The Company recorded a net loss of $728,297 for the year ended June 30,
1999  because the cost of revenues  and expenses  were not  sufficient  to cover
revenues  generated.  Management  believes that (i) the  discontinuation  of its
computer resale operations;  (ii) the divestiture of Medical Marketplace;  (iii)
the  operations of TechStore  for a complete 12 month period;  and (iv) interest
income  resulting  from interest on financing  proceeds could result in improved
profitability.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
reducing net losses.

 REVENUE

         Total  revenue for the year ended June 30, 1999 was  $2,208,855,  which
consists  almost  exclusively of revenue from the sale of computer  hardware and
software and consumer  electronics  by the  Company's  wholly owned  subsidiary,
TechStore,  through its web site. Revenue is expected to increase in fiscal 2000
with the inclusion of the result of TechStore for full twelve months.

COST OF REVENUE

         Total cost of revenue for the year ended June 30,  1999 was  $2,061,725
or 93.3% of revenue.  Cost of revenue includes the cost of product sold,  credit
card   processing   fees  and  freight  costs.   The  Company   utilizes  vendor
drop-shipments directly to customers, and therefore does not maintain inventory.
The  Company  expects  margins  to  remain  low in the  near  future  as it uses
competitive pricing as a means to obtain increased market share.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

         Total selling,  general and administrative  expenses for the year ended
June  30,  1999  were  $453,616  or  20.5%  of  revenue.  Selling,  general  and
administrative   expenses  consist  of  salaries  and  other  personnel  related
expenses,  facilities  related  expenses,  legal  and other  professional  fees,
advertising costs and travel expenses.  The fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 also
included  $88,661 in non-cash  expenses  associated  with stock  issued to three
directors  for  services  rendered  and stock  options  issued to an  accounting
consultant.  The  Company  expects to incur  approximately  $88,000 in the first
quarter  of  fiscal  2000  for the  amortization  of the  deferred  compensation
associated with the options.  Selling,  general and administrative expenses over
the  next  year  will  include  the  expenses  of  TechStore  for a  full  year,
advertising  expenses  to  market  the  Company's  expanded  product  offerings,

                                       27
<PAGE>

administrative   expenses   associated  with  conforming  to  public   reporting
requirements  of  the  Company,  and  expenses  associated  with  the  Company's
acquisition and expansion  strategy  discussed in the "Business" section of this
annual report on Form 10-KSB.

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

         Product  development  expenses were $19,173 for the year ended June 30,
1999.  Product  development  expenses  consist of personnel and related expenses
associated with the development of the Company's web site.

AMORTIZATION OF GOODWILL AND OTHER ACQUIRED INTANGIBLES

         During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company incurred $404,174
in  amortization  expenses  associated with the acquisition of TechStore and the
reverse merger between the Company and E-Taxi.  The intangible assets associated
with these acquisitions, consisting in total of $9,972,630 in goodwill, $140,000
in  acquired  technology  $160,000  in  established  workforce  and  $280,000 in
trademarks,  are being  amortized over their  estimated  useful lives of four to
five years. In the event that the Company  continues to acquire other companies,
amortization  of  acquisitions  will continue to have an impact on the Company's
results of operations in the future. Based on acquisitions  completed as of June
30, 1999, and assuming no impairment of the value  resulting in an  acceleration
of  the   amortization,   future   amortization  will  reduce  net  income  from
operations..  If the Company  completes  additional  acquisitions in the future,
this could result in additional  amortization  charges of the resulting goodwill
from the acquisition.

INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

         Interest income, net of interest expense, was $1,536 for the year ended
June 30, 1999.  Interest  expense related  primarily to interest on loans to the
Company and interest income resulted  primarily from interest earned on the $1.4
million proceeds on the private placement completed by E-Taxi in April 1999.

VARIABILITY OF PERIODIC RESULTS AND SEASONALITY

         Results  from any one period  cannot be used to predict the results for
other  fiscal  periods.  Revenues  fluctuate  from  period to  period,  however,
management does not see any seasonality or predictability to these fluctuations.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         At June 30,  1999,  the Company had a cash  balance of  $1,255,966  and
negative  working capital of ($377,642).  The primary source of cash and working
capital to the Company  during 1999 was  approximately  $1.4 million in proceeds
from a private placement in April 1999. Of the total proceeds,  $53,000 was used
to repay loans assumed in acquisitions and $114,323 was used to fund operations.
The acquisition of TechStore and the reverse acquisition between the Company and
E-Taxi resulted in cash acquired of approximately  $21,550. The Company believes
that its projected cash flow from operations,  cash balances as of June 30, 1999
of  approximately  $1,255,000,  and the proceeds from the  Company's  subsequent
capital raising  activities will be sufficient to meet the working capital needs
of the Company through June 30, 2000.

                                       28
<PAGE>

         Operations  for the period from inception  (April  14,1998) to June 30,
1998 were funded  primarily by increases  in  liabilities,  with no investing or
financing activities occurring during that period.

         The Company's principle commitments at June 30, 1999 consist of monthly
operating rental payments,  compensation of employees and accounts  payable.  In
addition,  the accrued loss on the disposal of Medical  Marketplace (see Note 13
of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements)  includes  notes  payable  and
capital  lease  obligations  which  would,  should the  subsidiary  not close as
anticipated  by the  Company  in the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2000,  remain
obligations of the Company.  Also, at the closing of the proposed acquisition of
SSPS,  which is  anticipated  to be in the second  quarter of fiscal  2000,  the
Company has  committed to pay cash and notes of  approximately  $1.5 million for
SSPS.

         On July 16,  1999,  the  Company  commenced  a  private  offering  (the
"Offering")  of up to  1,200,000  shares of its common stock (each a "Share" and
collectively  the "Shares").  The Offering is being conducted under an exemption
from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act"),  provided by Section 4(2) of the Act and the provisions of Rule 506
of  Regulation  D.  Sales  of the  Shares  will  be  made  only  to  "accredited
investors," as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act. The Shares are
being offered at a purchase price of $3.875 per share and on a "best efforts all
or  none"  basis  with  respect  to  the  first  400,000  Shares  (the  "Minimum
Offering"),  and on a  "best  efforts"  basis  thereafter  with  respect  to the
remaining 800,000 Shares (the "Maximum  Offering").  The Offering was originally
scheduled to terminate on August 30, 1999,  but has been  extended at the option
of the Company.  Subscriptions  for less than 20,000  Shares (or $77,550) may be
accepted  at the  discretion  of the  Company.  Upon  completion  of the Minimum
Offering and the Maximum Offering, the Company expects to receive gross proceeds
of  approximately  $1,550,000 and  $4,650,000,  respectively,  before  deducting
commissions  (placement  agent) and  expenses  of the  Offering  (consisting  of
accounting  and legal  fees,  "blue sky" fees and other  related  expenses).  On
October 8, 1999,  the  Company  conducted  an interim  closing  receiving  gross
proceeds of $2,883,872  from the sale of 744,225  shares of Common  Stock..  The
proceeds of the Offering will be used to fund the acquisition of SSPS and Impact
and the working capital needs of the Company.

         The Company will rely upon its projected cash flow from  operations and
additional debt and equity financing for its long-term capital needs.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

         Many  currently   installed   computer   systems  are  not  capable  of
distinguishing  21st  century  dates  from  20th  century  dates  or  have  been
programmed with default dates ending in 99, the common  two-digit  reference for
1999. As a result, as the Company  transitions from the 20th century to the 21st
century, computer systems and used by many companies and organizations in a wide
variety of industries  will produce  erroneous  results or fail unless they have
been  modified or upgraded to process date  information  correctly.  Significant
uncertainty  exists  concerning  the scope and magnitude of problems  associated
with the year 2000 issue.

         STATE OF  READINESS.  Although  the Company has not  conducted a formal
audit  internally or by any third party,  based on its current  assessment,  the
Company believes its internal  systems are year 2000 compliant.  The Company has
confirmed  that  the  accounting  systems  used  by  it  and  its  wholly  owned
subsidiaries  are year 2000 compliant.  However,  such a review has not yet been
completed  on  potential  acquisition  targets.  The  Company  is  beginning  to
communicate  with  its  significant  suppliers  to  determine  their  year  2000
readiness. The Company has not completed its year 2000 investigation and overall
compliance initiative.

                                       29
<PAGE>

         COSTS.  To date,  the  Company  has not  incurred  any  material  costs
directly  associated  with  its  year  2000  compliance   efforts,   except  for
compensation  expenses  associated with its salaried  employees who have devoted
some of their time to the year 2000 assessment.  The Company does not expect the
total cost of year 2000  problems  to be material  to its  business.  During the
months prior to the century  change,  the Company will  continue to evaluate new
software and  information  systems  provided to it by third  parties and any new
infrastructure  systems that the Company acquires to determine  whether they are
year 2000 compliant.  Despite the Company's current assessment,  the Company may
not identify and correct all  significant  year 2000 problems on a timely basis.
Year 2000  compliance  efforts  may  involve  significant  time and  expense and
unremediated  problems  could  substantially  harm  its  business.  The  Company
currently  has no  contingency  plans  to  address  the  risks  associated  with
unremediated year 2000 problems.

         RISKS.  The Company is not currently  aware of any year 2000  readiness
problems  relating to its  internally-developed  proprietary  systems that would
substantially  harm its business.  The Company may discover year 2000  readiness
problems in these systems that will require substantial  revision.  In addition,
third-party  software,  hardware or  services  incorporated  into the  Company's
material  systems  may need to be revised  or  replaced,  all of which  could be
time-consuming  and  expensive.  The  Company's  failure to fix or  replace  its
internally developed proprietary software or third-party  software,  hardware or
services on a timely basis could result in lost  revenues,  increased  operating
costs,  the loss of customers  and other  business  interruptions,  any of which
could  substantially  harm the  Company's  business.  In addition,  governmental
agencies,  utility  companies,  Internet access companies,  third-party  service
providers  and others  outside  of the  Company's  control  may not be year 2000
ready.  The failure by these  entities  to be year 2000 ready could  result in a
systemic  failure beyond the Company's  control,  such as a prolonged  Internet,
telecommunications  or electrical failure,  which could also prevent the Company
from  delivering  goods  to the  Company's  customers,  decrease  the use of the
Internet or prevent users from accessing the Company's web sites.

         In particular,  the Company has  identified  the following  vendors and
service  providers as significant  to its business:  Wells Fargo Bank for credit
card processing,  Masterlink,  Inc. for Internet services, Tech Data Corporation
for  inventory  and  Deutsche  Financial  Services  for  banking  and  financing
services.  The Company has not yet  received  any written  assurance  from these
vendors  and  service  providers  as to their  readiness  for year 2000  issues.
However,  the Company does monitor the progress of these companies in their year
2000  preparations  by  reviewing  their  respective  web  sites,  each of which
contains detailed  information about their year 2000  preparations.  Because the
Company has not received written assurances,  the Company has assumed that these
vendors and services may not be ready for the year 2000 before  January 1, 2000,
and that their  processing  capabilities  could fail at that time. Based on this
assumption,  the Company  believes such a failure  would be the most  reasonably
likely worst case year 2000  scenarios.  If the credit card service  fails,  the
Company would seek to complete credit card transaction  manually using temporary
staff. If service were not restored promptly,  the Company believes switching to
another financial institution for automated credit card processing would require
approximately 15 days. Similarly, finding alternative vendors for inventory, web
site hosting and banking could take approximately 15 to 30 days.

         CONTINGENCY  PLAN.  As  discussed  above,  the Company is engaged in an
ongoing year 2000 assessment and has not yet developed any contingency plans.

                                       30
<PAGE>

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

         The  Company has  considered  the  provisions  of  Financial  Reporting
Release No. 48  "Disclosure  of  Accounting  Policies for  Derivative  Financial
Instruments and Derivative Commodity Instruments, and Disclosure of Quantitative
and Qualitative  Information about Market Risk Inherent in Derivative  Financial
Instruments,  Other Financial Instruments and Derivative Commodity Instruments."
The Company had no holdings of derivative financial or commodity  instruments at
June 30,  1999.  However,  the  Company is exposed to  financial  market  risks,
including  changes in interest rates.  All of the Company's  revenue,  operating
expenses and capital  spending is  transacted  in U.S.  dollars.  The  Company's
investments portfolio comprises amounts invested in short term cash deposits and
therefore the Company  believes that the fair value of its investment  portfolio
or related income would not be significantly  impacted by increases or decreases
in  interest  rates  due  mainly  to the  short-term  nature  of  the  Company's
investment  portfolio.  However, a sharp increase in interest rates could have a
material adverse effect on the fair value of The Company's investment portfolio.
Conversely,  sharp  declines in interest  rates could  seriously  harm  interest
earnings  of the  Company's  investment  portfolio.  At June 30, 1999 all of the
Company's  cash and cash  equivalents  mature in three months or less, and there
were no short-term investments.

ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         See  financial  statements  following  Item 13 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-KSB.

ITEM 8.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENT   WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.

                                    PART III

ITEM 9.  DIRECTORS,   EXECUTIVE   OFFICERS,   PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL   PERSONS,
         COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
executive officers and directors of the Company:

Name                        Age           Position
- ----                        ---           --------
Robert Wallace              51            Chairman of the Board
L. Wayne Kiley              56            Director, Chief Executive Officer and
                                          Principal Accounting Officer
Bejan Aminifard             25            Chief Executive Officer of TechStore
Derek Wall                  29            President of TechStore
Brian Hintergardt           41            President of Medical Marketplace
Thomas E. Evans, Jr.        59            Director

ROBERT WALLACE has been Chairman of the Board since April 1999. Since April 1999
he served as Chairman,  President and Secretary of E-Taxi, Inc. In addition, Mr.
Wallace  is the  founder  and has been the  Chairman  and  President  of Gateway
Advisors,  Inc.,  a  financial  advisory  firm,  since  its  inception  in 1987.
Previously,  Mr.  Wallace  served  as a  director  of,  among  other  companies,
International  Family  Entertainment,  Inc. and Media Arts Group,  Inc.  Gateway
Advisors, Inc. has been retained by the Company as its financial advisor.

                                       31
<PAGE>

L. WAYNE KILEY has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
since March 1984,  and a director  since June 1993. Mr. Kiley was also President
of Medical  Marketplace  from its inception  through  August 1998.  From 1978 to
1983, he was self-employed independent real estate developer in Tuscon, Arizona.
From  1970 to 1978,  he was the owner of the  Business  Exchange  in Santa  Ana,
California.

BEJAN  AMINIFARD  is the  founder  and has been the Chief  Executive  Officer of
TechStore since its inception in November 1997. Prior to this, Mr. Aminifard was
employed by Eversys  Corporation as an applications  programmer,  from June 1996
until June 1997.  Prior to that, Mr. Aminfard was a student at the University of
California  -  Berkeley,  where he  received  his  Bachelor  of Arts  degree  in
Cognitive Sciences in May 1996.

DEREK WALL has served as President of TechStore  since April 1998.  From January
1997 until March 1998,  Mr.  Wall served as Senior Vice  President  of Sales for
Dita Eyewear Inc., a high fashion optical  company.  Prior to that, he served as
Chief  Executive  Officer  of Purged  Sled  Company  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  and
distributor of snowboard equipment, from June 1993 until September 1995.

BRIAN HINTERGARDT has been Executive Vice President of Medical  Marketplace from
March 1994 to August 1998 and since that time he has served as the  President of
Medical  Marketplace.  From  1987  until  1993,  Mr.  Hintergardt  was the Chief
Executive  Officer,  Administrator  and  Engineer of Coalinga  Regional  Medical
Center.  Mr.  Hintergardt  has  an  engineering  degree  from  California  State
Polytechnical University.

THOMAS E. EVANS,  JR. has been a director since February 1994.  Since July 1995,
he has held various senior management positions with the Orange County Division,
of Fidelity  National Title Insurance,  most recently he has served as President
since 1995.  Mr. Evans is a member of the American  Land Title  Association  and
serves  as its  current  President.  Mr.  Evans  served  from  1984 to 1992 as a
director of Fidelity National  /financial,  Inc. which is listed on the New York
Stock Exchange.

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  requires  the
Company's  directors and executive  officers,  and persons who own more than ten
percent (10%) of a registered class of the Company's equity securities,  to file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") initial reports of ownership
and reports of changes in ownership of common stock and other equity  securities
of  the  Company.  Officers,  directors  and  greater  than  ten  percent  (10%)
stockholders  are required by SEC  regulation to furnish the Company with copies
of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

         To the Company's knowledge, based solely on its review of the copies of
such reports  furnished to the Company  during the year ended June 30, 1999, all
Section 16(a) filing  requirements  applicable  to its  officers,  directors and
greater than ten percent (10%)  beneficial  owners were  satisfied,  except that
Bejan Aminifard filed a Form 3 late and Derek Wall failed to file a Form 3.

ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table shows all the cash compensation paid by the Company
to the Chief Executive Officer and two of the Company's officers who received in

                                       32
<PAGE>

excess of $100,000 in annual salary and bonus during the fiscal years ended June
30, 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Annual                    Compensation
                                    Compensation                    Awards
       (a)                               (b)           (c)            (d)          (g)           (i)
Name and Principal                                                              Number of
Position - Compensation                 Year         Salary          Bonus       Options      All Other
- -----------------------                 ----         ------          -----       -------      ---------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>             <C>
L. Wayne Kiley, President Chief         1999        $-------(1)      $----       100,000        $-----
Executive Officer and Director          1998        $269,228         $----        -----         $-----
                                        1997        $306,977         $----       661,667         4,476

Thomas Mason(2) Vice President          1999        $-------         $----        -----         $-----
                                        1998        $178,800         $----        -----         $-----
                                        1997        $211,976         $----       143,000        $-----

Brian Hintergardt Chief Executive       1999        $120,000                                    $-----
Officer -- Medical Marketplace          1998        $ 20,168                      41,666
                                        1997        $ 19,033

Mauri Lathouwers, Jr.                   1999        $120,000         $----        -----         $3,900
                                        1998        $-------         $----        -----
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)      Mr.  Kiley did not  receive a salary for the year ended June 30,  1999.
         However, the exercise price of certain options were reduced to $.60 per
         share. The Company recorded $ as additional compensation as a result of
         the exercise price adjustment.

(2)      Mr. Mason's employment with the Company terminated in May, 1998.

         During the year  ended June 30,  1999,  the  Company  issued a total of
300,000  options to L. Wayne Kiley, a director and the Company's Chief Executive
Officer,  and Joe Achten,  then a director of the Company, in exchange for loans
made to the Company.  The exercise  price of the 200,000  options  issued to Mr.
Achten is $.50 per share and the exercise price of the 100,000 options issued to
Mr.  Kiley is $.60 per share.  The options are  exercisable  until  December 31,
2002. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

1999 STOCK PLAN

         As of April 13,  1999 the Board of  Directors  of the Company and as of
July 12, 1999 a majority of the shares of the Company's voting stock outstanding
approved the adoption of the Company's 1999 Stock Plan  (hereinafter  called the
"1999 Plan").  The 1999 Plan has been adopted for the purpose of attracting  and
retaining persons of ability as directors,  employees or consultants or advisors
of the  Company and its  subsidiaries,  motivate  and reward  good  performance,
encourage  such  employees  to continue to exert their best efforts on behalf of
the Company and its subsidiaries and provide  opportunities  for stock ownership
by such employees in order to increase their proprietary interest in the Company
by providing  incentive  awards to key  employees,  whose  responsibilities  and
decisions directly affect the performance of the Company and its subsidiaries.

         The  maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock  with  respect to which
awards may be granted pursuant to the 1999 Plan is initially  1,700,000  shares.
Shares  issuable under the 1999 Plan may be either treasury shares or authorized
but unissued shares. The number of shares available for issuance will be subject

                                       33
<PAGE>

to adjustment to prevent dilution in the event of stock splits,  stock dividends
or other changes in the capitalization of the Company.

         Subject to compliance with Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934,  the Plan shall be  administered  by the Board of Directors of the Company
(the  "Board")  or, in the event the Board  shall  appoint  and/or  authorize  a
committee,  such as the  Compensation  Committee,  of two or more members of the
Board to administer the Plan, by such committee.  The  administrator of the Plan
shall  hereinafter  be referred to as the "Plan  Administrator".  Except for the
terms and conditions  explicitly set forth herein, the Plan Administrator  shall
have the authority, in its discretion,  to determine all matters relating to the
options to be granted under the Plan, including,  without limitation,  selection
of whether an option will be an incentive  stock option or a nonqualified  stock
option, selection of the individuals to be granted options, the number of shares
to be subject to each option, the exercise price per share, the timing of grants
and all other terms and conditions of the options.

         Upon a Change in Control of the Company,  any award carrying a right to
exercise that was not previously exercisable shall become fully exercisable, the
restrictions,  deferral limitations and forfeiture  conditions applicable to any
other award  granted  shall lapse and any  performance  conditions  imposed with
respect to awards shall be deemed to be fully achieved.

         Awards under the 1999 Plan may not be transferred,  pledged, mortgaged,
hypothecated  or  otherwise  encumbered  other than by will or under the laws of
descent and  distribution,  except that the  Committee  may permit  transfers of
awards for estate planning purposes if, and to the extent, such transfers do not
cause a  participant  who is then  subject to Section 16 of the  Exchange Act to
lose the benefit of the exemption under Rule 16b-3 for such transactions.

         The Board may amend, alter, suspend,  discontinue or terminate the 1999
Plan at any time,  except that any such action  shall be subject to  stockholder
approval  at the  annual  meeting  next  following  such  Board  action  if such
stockholder  approval is required by federal or state law or  regulation  or the
rules of any  exchange or automated  quotation  system on which the Common Stock
may then be listed or quoted, or if the Board of Directors otherwise  determines
to submit such action for  stockholder  approval.  In  addition,  no  amendment,
alteration,  suspension,  discontinuation  or  termination  to the 1999 Plan may
materially  impair  the  rights of any  participant  with  respect  to any award
without such participant's  consent.  Unless terminated earlier by action of the
Board of Directors,  the 1999 Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after adoption
by the stockholders.

        TYPES OF AWARDS

        STOCK  OPTIONS.  Options  granted  under the 1999 Plan may be "incentive
stock options"  ("Incentive  Options")  within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code or stock  options which are not  incentive  stock  options  ("Non-Incentive
Options" and,  collectively with Incentive Options,  hereinafter  referred to as
"Options") will be granted, the number of shares subject to each Option granted,
the prices at which Options may be exercised  (which in the case of an Incentive
Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock on
the  date of  grant),  whether  an  Option  will  be an  Incentive  Option  or a
Non-Incentive  Option,  the time or times and the extent to which Options may be
exercised  and all other terms and  conditions  of Options will be determined by
the Committee.

        RESTRICTED AND DEFERRED STOCK. An award of restricted  stock or deferred
stock may be  granted  under  the 1999  Plan.  Restricted  stock is  subject  to
restrictions on transferability  and other restrictions as may be imposed by the
Committee at the time of grant. In the event that the holder of restricted stock
ceases to be employed by the Company during the applicable  restrictive  period,

                                       34
<PAGE>

restricted stock that is at the time subject to restrictions  shall be forfeited
and reacquired by the Company.  Except as otherwise provided by the Committee at
the time of grant,  a holder of restricted  stock shall have all the rights of a
stockholder  including and receive other distribution,  without limitation,  the
right to vote restricted stock and the right to recover  dividends  thereon.  An
award of deferred stock is an award that provides for the issuance of stock upon
expiration  of a  deferral  period  established  by  the  Committee.  Except  as
otherwise  determined by the  Committee,  upon  termination of employment of the
recipient of the award during the applicable  deferral period, all stock that is
at the time subject to deferral shall be forfeited. Until such time as the stock
which is the subject of the award is unissued, the recipient of the award has no
rights as a stockholder.

        PERFORMANCE UNITS.  Performance Units may be granted by the Committee to
individuals  or  groups  of  individuals  participating  under  the  1999  Plan.
Performance Units are tied to the successful  completion of certain  performance
driven Company goals during a given period of time and will be assigned a dollar
value by the Committee.  Upon the satisfactory attainment of the goal identified
by  the  Committee  during  the  period  prescribed  for  its  completion,   the
participant or participants reaching such goal shall be entitled to a payment in
settlement  of  each  Performance  Unit  earned  by  such  participant.  Certain
adjustments to the amount of the cash payment,  if any, to be made incident to a
grant  of  Performance  Units  may be  made  by the  Committee  in the  event  a
participant  ceases to be employed by the Company during the performance  period
or upon the occurrence of a significant  event that causes the attainment of the
prescribed goal more or less likely to occur during the performance period. Each
Performance  Unit  may be  paid in  whole  shares  of  Common  Stock,  including
restricted  stock and deferred  stock,  or cash, or in any combination of Common
Stock and cash.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

         In October 1996, the Company  amended its employment  agreement with L.
Wayne Kiley, the Company's Chairman of the Board,  President and Chief Executive
Officer.  Pursuant to such amendment,  (i) the employment agreement's expiration
date of October 16, 1997 was extended to October 16, 1999,  (ii) in exchange for
termination  of certain  options,  Mr. Kiley was granted the right to purchase a
number  of shares of  Common  Stock for a period of four (4)  years,  at a price
equal to seventy  five percent  (75%) of the closing bid price of the  Company's
shares of Common  Stock on the date of grant  equal to 2.5%,  3% and 3.5% of the
shares outstanding, should the Company report annual earnings before the payment
of interest and taxes of $625,000, $875,000 and $1,000,000,  respectively, (iii)
Mr.  Kiley will be paid a cash bonus  equal to 5% of any profit  realized by the
Company  from the sale of assets  outside the ordinary  course of business,  and
(iv) an insurance  policy  covering the life of Mr.  Kiley  whereby Mr.  Kiley's
estate will be paid  $2,000,000 in exchange for the  redemption of the shares of
the Company's  capital  stock  beneficially  owned by Mr.  Kiley.  The Agreement
contained other customary terms and conditions including  termination for cause,
non-competition on confidentiality  provisions.  On April 9, 1999 (and clarified
as of October 12, 1999),  the Company,  Quality  Associates,  Inc. and Mr. Kiley
entered into a settlement  agreement (the  "Settlement  Agreement")  whereby Mr.
Kiley waived all rights to, certain debts and liabilities  owed to Mr. Kiley and
Quality  Associates  ("Liabilities")  in the amount of $64,536,  and accrued and
unpaid  salary in the amount of  $314,135,  in  exchange  for the  repricing  of
690,834 options outstanding,  resulting in a compensation charge of $204,557, an
amount  equal to the  difference  between the fair market  value of the repriced
options and the Liabilities forgiven under the Settlement Agreement.

         Effective March 31, 1999,  E-Taxi entered into an employment  agreement
for a five (5) year term with Bejan  Aminifard  covering his employment as Chief
Executive  Officer of  TechStore.  Pursuant to such  employment  agreement,  Mr.
Aminifard  is to receive an annual  salary of  $75,000  per annum,  which may be
increased  annually in the discretion of the Board of Directors.  The employment
agreement  also  provides  for  an  automobile  allowance  of  $500  per  month,

                                       35
<PAGE>

disability  insurance and for bonuses and other  incentive  compensation  as the
Board deems appropriate.  In connection with such employment  agreement,  E-Taxi
entered into a restricted  stock  agreement  with Mr.  Aminifard  that  provided
grants of shares of common stock,  so long as TechStore  achieves for the twelve
(12) months ended March 31, 2000, certain (i) revenue targets; and (ii) earnings
before the payment of interest,  taxes, and depreciation ("EBITD") targets, such
targets  commencing  with revenue of not less than  $18,500,000 and EBITD of not
less than ($185,000).

         Effective March 31, 1999,  E-Taxi entered into an employment  agreement
for a five (5) year term with Derek Wall covering his employment as President of
TechStore.  Pursuant  to such  employment  agreement,  Mr. Wall is to receive an
annual  salary of $75,000  per annum,  which may be  increased  annually  in the
discretion of the Board of Directors. The employment agreement also provides for
an automobile allowance of $500 per month,  disability insurance and for bonuses
and other incentive  compensation as the Board deems appropriate.  In connection
with such employment agreement, E-Taxi entered into a restricted stock agreement
with Mr.  Wall that  provided  grants of  shares  of  common  stock,  so long as
TechStore  achieves for the twelve (12) months ended March 31, 2000, certain (i)
revenue  targets;  and (ii) earnings before the payment of interest,  taxes, and
depreciation  ("EBITD")  targets,  such targets  commencing with revenues of not
less than $18,500,000 and EBITD of not less than ($185,000).

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

         In April 1999,  the Company  entered into a consulting  agreement  with
Thomas  Browne,  dated  April 13,  1999,  whereby Mr.  Browne  agreed to provide
financial accounting services to the Company for a period of five (5) months. As
consideration,  the  Company  granted Mr.  Browne an option to purchase  125,000
shares of common  stock at an  exercise  price of $2.50 per share.  Prior to his
consultancy  with the Company,  Mr. Browne was employed by Infoseek in a variety
of accounting positions, most recently as Corporate Controller.

ITEM 11. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The following table sets forth certain information, as of September 30,
1999, with respect to the beneficial  ownership of the outstanding  Common Stock
by (i) any holder of more than five  percent (5%) of the  outstanding  shares of
the Company's Common Stock; (ii) each of the Company's named executive  officers
and  directors;  and (iii) the  directors  and named  executive  officers of the
Company as a group:

NAME AND ADDRESS OF            SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)            BENEFICIALLY OWNED(2)        PERCENT OF CLASS(3)
 -------------------            ---------------------        -------------------

Robert M. Wallace(4)                 6,426,800(5)                     45.3%

L. Wayne Kiley(6)                    1,123,351(7)                      8.3%

Thomas Evans(8)                         50,833(9)                         *

Bejan Aminifard(10)                  1,824,500                        13.7%

Derek Wall(11)                         414,975                         3.3%

Brian Hintergardt(12)                   41,666(13)

All Officers and Directors           9,882,125(5)(7)(9)(13)           65.6%
as a Group (4 persons)

                                       36
<PAGE>
- ----------
*        Represents  less than 1% of the total number of shares of the Company's
         Common Stock outstanding,

1.       Unless   noted   otherwise,   the   address  for  such  person  is  c/o
         eMarketplace,  Inc.,  255 West Julian  Street,  Suite 100, San Jose, CA
         95110,

2.       Unless noted otherwise,  all shares indicated as beneficially owned are
         held of record by and the right to vote and  transfer  such shares lies
         with the person indicated.  A person is deemed to be a beneficial owner
         of any  securities  of which  that  person  has the  right  to  acquire
         beneficial ownership within sixty (60) days.

3.       Calculated based upon 12,691,460 shares of common stock outstanding.

4.       Mr.  Wallace is the  Chairman  of the Board of the  Company and E-Taxi,
         Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("E-Taxi").

5.       Includes  (i)  24,000  shares of the  Issuer's  common  stock  owned by
         Gateway Advisors,  Inc. ("Gateway Advisors"),  a company majority owned
         and controlled by Mr.  Wallace,  (ii) 1,500,000  shares of Common Stock
         issuable  to  Gateway  Advisors  upon the  exercise  of a Common  Stock
         Purchase Warrant held thereby, and (iii) 102,800 shares of Common Stock
         held by the Gateway Advisors Profit Sharing Plan.

6.       Mr. Kiley is a director,  Chief Executive  Officer and Chief Accounting
         Officer of the Company

7.       Includes  (i) 249,184  shares of Common  Stock owned  jointly  with Mr.
         Kiley's  wife,  (ii) 790,834  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the
         exercise  of stock  options at an  exercise  price $.60 per share,  and
         (iii) 83,333 shares of Common Stock held by the Kiley Children's Trust,
         a trust maintained for the benefit of Mr. Kiley's children.

8.       Mr. Evans is a director of the Company.

9.       Includes  30,833  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of
         options at an exercise prices of $1.00 per share and $1.68 per share.

10.      Mr. Aminifard is the Chief Executive Officer of TechStore LLC.

11.      Mr. Wall is the President of TechStore.

12.      Mr. Hintergardt is the Chief Executive Officer of Medical Marketplace.

13.      Includes 41,666 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

ITEM 12. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         As of April 9, 1999, the Company and Gateway Advisors,  Inc.  ("Gateway
Advisors"),  a company owned and  controlled by Robert M. Wallace (the Company's
current  Chairman of the Board),  entered into a Financial  Advisory  Agreement,
pursuant  to  which  Gateway   Advisors  agreed  to  provide  certain   business
development  and  financial  advisory  services for a period of two (2) years in
exchange  for the issuance by the Company of  1,500,000  Common  Stock  Purchase
Warrants.  Each  warrant  entitles  the holder to purchase  one (1) share of the
Company's  Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $2.50 per share until April 8,
2000.

         As of April 9, 1999,  the  Company and  Victoria  Holdings,  Inc.,  the
Company's  former  financial  advisor,  entered  into  a  Settlement  Agreement,
pursuant to which the Company  issued  250,000  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock in exchange for (i) the cancellation of Options  exercisable for 1,000,000
shares of the  Company's  Common Stock at an exercise  price of $1.00 per share,
and (ii) a general release, releasing the Company from all liabilities.  As part
of the foregoing Settlement Agreements, the Company agreed to include the shares
issued in connection  therewith in the next registration  statement filed by the
Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (other than on a Form S-4 or
Form S-8), subject to certain limitations and restrictions.

         As of April 9, 1999 (and clarified as of October 12, 1999), the Company
entered into an Agreement with L. Wayne Kiley,  the Company's  President,  Chief
Executive Officer and at that time Chairman of the Board,  pursuant to which Mr.
Kiley  waived  (i) his  rights to  accrued  and  unpaid  salary in the amount of
$314,135 (ii) all of his rights under his employment agreement with the Company,
including without limitation,  all future  compensation,  and (iii) on behalf of
Quality  Associates,  Inc. (a company  owned and  controlled  by Mr.  Kiley) its
rights to accrued and unpaid rent with

                                       37
<PAGE>

respect  to the  Company's  executive  offices,  in the  amount of  $64,536.  In
exchange  for the  foregoing,  the  Company  reduced the  exercise  price of (a)
661,667  options  held by Mr.  Kiley from $1.00 to $.60 per share and (b) 29,167
options held by Mr. Kiley from $1.68 to $.60 per share. In addition, the Company
agreed to include the shares  issuable upon the exercise of such options as well
as certain other options  issued to management and certain  consultants  under a
Registration  Statement on Form S-8 to be filed with the  Commission in the near
future.

         As of April 21,  1999,  the  Company  and each of the  stockholders  of
E-Taxi, Inc., a Delaware corporation  ("E-Taxi"),  entered into a Stock Purchase
Agreement,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  acquired  all of the  issued  and
outstanding  capital  stock of E-Taxi on April 23, 1999.  As  consideration  for
9,074,000 shares of the E-Taxi's common stock and 400,000 shares of the E-Taxi's
Series A Preferred Stock, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,074,000 shares of
the Company's  common stock,  par value $.0001 per share,  and 400,000 shares of
the  Company's  Series A Preferred  Stock,  par value $.0001 per share.  Messrs.
Wallace,  Aminifard  and Wall  were  significant  stockholders  of  E-Taxi.  See
"Business" and "Principal Stockholders."

         On April 1, 1998, TechStore, a subsidiary of the Company,  entered into
a month-to-month  lease agreement for office space owned by Bejan Aminifard,  an
officer and a 10% stockholder of the Company. The lease is for the operations of
TechStore and Office Express located at 14 Commercial  Boulevard,  Suite 127 and
129,  Novato,  CA. The lease  payments  are  approximately  $1,500 per month and
require the tenant to maintain the premises at its expense.

         On October 1, 1998,  E-Taxi  entered into a Consulting  Agreement  with
Gateway  Advisors,  Inc.,  a  financial  advisory  firm  principally  owned  and
controlled by Robert Wallace,  Chairman of the Board. Pursuant to the Consulting
Agreement,  Gateway  agreed to,  among  other  things  (i)  conduct a search for
acquisition  candidates;  (ii)  conduct  market  research  and  analysis;  (iii)
evaluate,  negotiate,  and structure the  acquisition  of target  companies.  In
exchange  for its  services,  Gateway is paid a quarterly  fee of $30,000,  plus
reimbursement  for any expenses  associated with its consultancy.  By its terms,
the Consulting Agreement expired on September 30, 1999.

         In each of January and April 1999,  Joseph Achten, a former Director of
the  Company,  loaned the Company  $50,000 (for a total of $100,000) to fund the
Company's  the working  capital  needs of the Company.  Under  promissory  notes
executed by the Company (the "Notes"),  $50,000 was to be repaid in each of July
and September  1999 and all amounts under the Notes accrued  interest at 10% per
annum.  The maturity dates of the notes have been extended to December 31, 1999.
As  additional  consideration  for the loans the  Company  issued to Mr.  Achten
options to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company's common stock exercise at any
time prior to December 31, 2002 at an exercise price of $.50 per share.

         In November and December 1998 and January 1999, the Company  borrowed a
total of $67,000 from L. Wayne Kiley, the Company's Chief Executive  Officer and
former Chairman of the Board. In exchange for the loans,  the Company (i) issued
to Mr.  Kiley  promissory  notes in the  aggregate  principal  amount of $67,000
bearing  interest  at a rate of 10% per  annum  which  are due  three  (3)  days
following written demand for payment, (ii) granted Mr. Kiley a security interest
in the  Company's  assets,  and (iii)  issued to Mr.  Kiley  options to purchase
100,000  shares of the Company's  common stock  exercisable at any time prior to
December 31, 2002 at an exercise price of $.60 per share.

         With  respect  to  each  of the  foregoing  transactions,  the  Company
believes  that the terms of such  transactions  were as fair to the  Company  as
could be obtained  from an  unrelated  third  party.  Future  transactions  with
affiliates  will be on terms no less  favorable  than  could  be  obtained  from
unaffiliated  parties  and will be  approved  by a majority  of the  independent
and/or disinterested members of the board of directors.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV


ITEM 13. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) EXHIBITS

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual  Report.  Where
so indicated by footnote,  the exhibits have either been previously  filed,  and
are hereby incorporated by reference:

Exhibit No.
- -----------

3.01              Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.  (1)

3.02              Articles of Incorporation of TechStore, LLC

3.03              Certificate of Incorporation of TopTeam, Inc.

3.04              By-Laws of the Company.  (1)

3.05              By-Laws of TopTeam, Inc.

3.06              Certificate  of  Designation  with  respect  to the  Series  A
                  Preferred Stock.

3.07              Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation.

4.01              Certificate for shares of Common Stock.  (1)

10.01             Operating Agreement for TechStore, LLC.

10.2              Stock Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of April 21, 1999,  among
                  the Company and the stockholders of E-Taxi, Inc. (1)

10.3              Financial  Advisory  Agreement,  dated as of  April  9,  1999,
                  between the Company and Gateway Advisors, Inc.(1)

10.4              Consulting  Agreement,  dated as of October  1, 1999,  between
                  E-Taxi, Inc. and Gateway Advisors, Inc.

10.5              Form of  Settlement  Agreement  with the Class D Common  Stock
                  Warrantholders. (1)

10.6              Settlement  Agreement,  dated as of April 9, 1999, between the
                  Company and Victoria Holdings, Inc. (1)

10.7              Letter  Agreement,  dated  as of  April  9,  1999,  among  the
                  Company, L. Wayne Kiley and Quality Associates, Inc.

                                       39
<PAGE>

10.8              Contribution Agreement dated as of March 31, 1999 by and among
                  Gateway Advisors,  Inc., Bejan Aminifard,  Mosen Aminifard and
                  Derek Wall.

10.9              Consulting  Agreement  between the  Company and Thomas  Browne
                  dated as of April 26, 1999.

10.10             Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of June 14, 1999,  among
                  E-Taxi, Inc. and all of the shareholders of SSPS, Inc. (1)

10.11             Membership  Interest  Purchase  Agreement dated as of June 14,
                  1999 among  E-Taxi,  Inc. and all of the  interest  holders of
                  Impact Team International, LLC. (1)

10.12             Stock Purchase  Agreement entered into on October 12, 1999 and
                  dated as of June 30, 1999 among the Company, Brian Hintergardt
                  and Maruice Lathouwers.

21.01             Subsidiaries of the Registrant

- ----------
(1)      Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


(B)      REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         (1)  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 10, 1999, Items 1,2 and 5.
         (2)  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 1, 1999, Item 5.

                                       40
<PAGE>
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PAGES
                                                                                 -----
<S>                                                                               <C>
Report of Independent Auditors.................................................   F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1999.................................   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended June 30, 1999 and
the period from April 14, 1998 (inception) to June 30, 1998....................   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the year ended
June 30, 1999 and the period from April 14, 1998 (inception) to June 30, 1998..   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended
June 30, 1999 and the period from April 14, 1998 (inception) to June 30, 1998..   F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................   F-6
</TABLE>

                                . . . . . . . . .

<PAGE>


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of eMarketplace, Inc.



                  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
eMarketplace, Inc. (formerly Computer Marketplace, Inc.) and its subsidiaries as
of June  30,  1999,  and the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the two  fiscal  years in the
period ended June 30, 1999.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

                  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated   financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and  significant  estimates made by  management,  as well as evaluating the
overall  consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe  that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial
position of eMarketplace, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 1999, and the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
two fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 1999, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.







                                             MOORE STEPHENS, P. C.
                                             Certified Public Accountants.


Cranford, New Jersey
September 16, 1999
[Except for Notes 17A, B and E as to which
the dates are October 12, 12 and 11, 1999, respectively]

                                       F-1
<PAGE>


EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF JUNE 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:
<S>                                                                       <C>
   Cash and Cash Equivalents                                              $  1,255,966
   Accounts Receivable (Less Allowance For Doubtful Accounts of $5,032)         57,318
   Prepaids and Other Current Assets                                            35,060
                                                                          ------------

   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                                      1,348,344
                                                                          ------------

   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (LESS ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION OF $294,503)           43,955
                                                                          ------------

OTHER ASSETS:
   Intangible Assets (Less Accumulated Amortization of $404,174)            11,335,749
   Deposits                                                                    105,765
                                                                          ------------

   TOTAL OTHER ASSETS                                                       11,441,514

   TOTAL ASSETS                                                           $ 12,833,813
                                                                          ============

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Notes Payable to Related Party                                         $    167,000
   Notes Payable                                                                12,167
   Accounts Payable                                                            776,856
   Accrued Loss on Disposal of Acquired Subsidiary (13)(17A)                   661,287
   Other Accrued Liabilities                                                   175,676
                                                                          ------------

   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                 1,792,986
                                                                          ------------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                                                       --

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
   Preferred Stock - $.0001 Par Value, 1,000,000 Shares Authorized,
     No Shares Issued and Outstanding                                               --
   Common Stock - $.0001 Par Value, 50,000,000 Shares
     Authorized, 12,691,460 Shares Issued and Outstanding                        1,269
   Capital in Excess of Par Value                                           12,491,501
   Common Stock Subscription Notes Receivable                                  (70,020)
   Accumulated Deficit                                                        (735,428)
   Deferred Compensation                                                      (646,495)
                                                                          ------------

   TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                               11,040,827
                                                                          ------------

   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                             $ 12,833,813
                                                                          ============
</TABLE>


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                          F-2
<PAGE>


EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PERIOD FROM
                                                                            APRIL 14, 1998
                                                               YEAR ENDED   (INCEPTION) TO
                                                                JUNE 30,        JUNE 30,
                                                                 1999            1998
                                                             ------------    ------------
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
REVENUE                                                      $  2,208,855    $         --
                                                             ------------    ------------

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Cost of Revenue                                              2,061,725              --
   Selling, General and Administrative                            453,616           8,071
   Product Development                                             19,173              --
   Amortization of Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangibles        404,174              --
                                                             ------------    ------------

   TOTAL OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES                           2,938,688           8,071
                                                             ------------    ------------

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS                                             (729,833)         (8,071)

INTEREST INCOME                                                     5,795             940
INTEREST EXPENSE                                                   (4,259)             --
                                                             ------------    ------------

   NET LOSS                                                  $   (728,297)   $     (7,131)
                                                             ============    ============

NET LOSS PER SHARE:
   Basic and Diluted                                         $      (0.06)   $         --
                                                             ============    ============
   Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding                  11,224,793      11,091,460
                                                             ============    ============
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                           F-3

<PAGE>


EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   COMMON STOCK
                                                                                                     CAPITAL IN     SUBSCRIPTION
                                          PREFERRED STOCK                  COMMON STOCK               EXCESS OF         NOTES
                                      SHARES           AMOUNT          SHARES          AMOUNT         PAR VALUE      RECEIVABLE
                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>                <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>
Issuance of Subscribed Common
   Stock in April 1998                        --    $         --       6,360,000    $        636    $     63,924    $    (64,560)

Issuance of Common Stock in
   April 1998 for Consulting
   Services                                   --              --         100,000              10              90              --
Issuance of Common Stock in
   E-Taxi Combination [1]                400,000              40       9,074,000             907            (942)             --
Interest Income Accrued                       --              --              --              --              --            (940)
Net Loss                                      --              --              --              --              --              --
Recapitalization Adjustment                   --              --      (6,460,000)           (646)            646              --
                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

BALANCE - JUNE 30, 1998                  400,000              40       9,074,000             907          63,713         (65,500)

Issuance of Common Stock in
   April 1999 for Consulting
   Services                                   --              --          60,000               6          29,994              --
Issuance of Common and
   Preferred Stock in April 1999
   for Acquisition of TechStore          310,000              31       1,744,000             174       1,491,795              --
Sale of Common and Preferred
   Stock for Cash in April 1999           90,000               9         810,000              81       1,406,160              --
Recapitalization Adjustment             (400,000)            (40)     (2,614,000)           (261)            301              --
Acquired Deficiency of CMP [1]                --              --       2,017,460             202        (472,972)             --
Goodwill Recorded on E-Taxi
   Combination [1]                            --              --              --              --       9,972,630              --
Amortization of Deferred
   Compensation Associated
   with Stock Options Issued to a
   Consultant by Acquired Company             --              --              --              --              --              --
Amortization of Deferred
   Compensation Associated with
   Financial Advisory Agreement               --              --              --              --              --              --
Conversion of Preferred Stock
    to Common in May 1999               (400,000)            (40)      1,600,000             160            (120)             --
Interest Income Accrued                       --              --              --              --              --          (4,520)
Net Loss                                      --              --              --              --              --              --
                                    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------

BALANCE - JUNE 30, 1999                       --              --      12,691,460    $      1,269    $ 12,491,501    $    (70,020)
                                    ============    ============    ============    ============    ============    ============

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         TOTAL
                                        DEFERRED      ACCUMULATED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                      COMPENSATION      DEFICIT          EQUITY
                                      ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
Issuance of Subscribed Common
   Stock in April 1998                $         --    $         --    $         --

Issuance of Common Stock in
   April 1998 for Consulting
   Services                                     --              --             100
Issuance of Common Stock in
   E-Taxi Combination [1]                       --              --              --
Interest Income Accrued                         --              --            (940)
Net Loss                                        --          (7,131)         (7,131)
Recapitalization Adjustment                     --              --              --
                                      ------------    ------------    ------------

BALANCE - JUNE 30, 1998                         --          (7,131)         (7,971)

Issuance of Common Stock in
   April 1999 for Consulting
   Services                                     --              --          30,000
Issuance of Common and
   Preferred Stock in April 1999
   for Acquisition of TechStore                 --              --       1,492,000
Sale of Common and Preferred
   Stock for Cash in April 1999                 --              --       1,406,250
Recapitalization Adjustment                     --              --              --
Acquired Deficiency of CMP [1]            (757,156)             --      (1,229,926)
Goodwill Recorded on E-Taxi
   Combination [1]                              --              --       9,972,630
Amortization of Deferred
   Compensation Associated
   with Stock Options Issued to a
   Consultant by Acquired Company           58,661              --          58,661
Amortization of Deferred
   Compensation Associated with
   Financial Advisory Agreement             52,000              --          52,000
Conversion of Preferred Stock
    to Common in May 1999                       --              --              --
Interest Income Accrued                         --              --          (4,520)
Net Loss                                        --        (728,297)       (728,297)
                                      ------------    ------------    ------------

BALANCE - JUNE 30, 1999               $   (646,495)   $   (735,428)   $ 11,040,827
                                      ============    ============    ============

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                        F-4
<PAGE>


EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PERIOD FROM
                                                                                        APRIL 14, 1998
                                                                            YEAR ENDED  (INCEPTION) TO
                                                                             JUNE 30,      JUNE 30,
                                                                              1999           1998
                                                                           -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net Loss                                                                $  (728,297)   $    (7,131)
   Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss to Net Cash Provided
     (Used) by Operating Activities:
     Consulting Services Paid for by Issuance of Common Stock                   30,000            100
     Amortization of Deferred Compensation Associated with
       Issuance of Stock Options and Warrants                                  110,661             --
     Depreciation                                                                5,815             --
     Amortization                                                              404,174             --
     Interest Accrued on Stockholder Notes                                      (4,520)          (940)
     Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
     Accounts Receivable                                                       (31,480)            --
     Other Assets                                                              (33,781)            --
     Accounts Payable                                                          175,432            649
     Accrued Liabilities                                                       (42,327)         7,322
                                                                           -----------    -----------

   NET CASH PROVIDED (USED) BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                           (114,323)            --
                                                                           -----------    -----------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of Fixed Assets                                                     (4,511)            --
   Cash Received from Acquisitions - Net of Cash Paid                           21,550             --
                                                                           -----------    -----------

   NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                    17,039             --
                                                                           -----------    -----------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Repayment of Loans Assumed in Acquisitions                                  (53,000)            --
   Proceeds from Issuance of Common and Convertible Preferred Stock          1,406,250             --
                                                                           -----------    -----------

   NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                 1,353,250             --
                                                                           -----------    -----------

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                        1,255,966             --

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING OF PERIODS                                    --             --
                                                                           -----------    -----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF PERIODS                                 $ 1,255,966    $        --
                                                                           ===========    ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Cash paid for the periods:
     Interest                                                              $     4,259    $        --
     Income Taxes                                                          $        --    $        --

 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Issuance of Common and Convertible Preferred Stock for
     Acquisition of TechStore                                              $ 1,492,000    $        --
   Issuance of Common and Convertible Preferred Stock for Reverse
     Acquisition of E-taxi                                                 $ 9,499,860    $        --
   Deferred Compensation Assumed in Reverse Acquisition of E-taxi          $  (757,157)   $        --
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                 F-5
<PAGE>

EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
================================================================================


(1) ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

eMarketplace,  Inc. (formerly Computer  Marketplace,  Inc.) (the "Company") is a
California  corporation,  that was  incorporated  on July 19,  1983,  as Quality
Associates,  Inc. and changed its name to Computer  Marketplace in June 1987. In
March 1993, Computer  Marketplace  changed its name to Computer  Marketplace(R),
Inc. ("Computer  Marketplace") and its state of incorporation from California to
Delaware.  In  September of 1999,  the name of the Company was again  changed to
eMarketplace,  Inc. Until April 1999,  the Company was primarily  engaged in the
wholesale  distribution of new and used computer equipment to dealers,  computer
maintenance  companies,  leasing companies,  equipment  brokers,  and end users,
despite  the fact  that the  Company  was in the  process  of  winding  down its
business  because it failed to operate  profitably  since the fiscal  year ended
June 1994. Computer Marketplace's wholly owned subsidiary,  Medical Marketplace,
which  engages in the  distribution  of used  medical  equipment  to health care
providers,  was  reflected  as  disposed  of at the time of the  merger  between
Computer Marketplace and E-Taxi, Inc. ("E-Taxi").  An estimated loss on disposal
was recorded.
[See Notes 3 and 17]

On April 23, 1999, the Company  acquired E-Taxi,  Inc.  ("E-Taxi") in a business
combination  accounted  for as a "reverse  acquisition."  As  consideration  for
9,074,000  shares of E-Taxi's common stock and 400,000 shares of E-Taxi's Series
A preferred stock, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,074,000 shares of common
stock,  par value  $.0001 per share,  and  400,000  shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, par value $.0001 per share. For accounting purposes,  E-Taxi is deemed to
be the  acquirer,  and the Company is deemed to be acquired,  under the purchase
method of accounting.  Therefore,  the financial  information  presented  herein
represents the historical  results of E-Taxi and the results of the Company from
April 23, 1999 (date of  acquisition)  only, and the Statement of  Stockholders'
Equity  reflects  the   acquisition  of  the  outstanding   shares  of  Computer
Marketplace, Inc.'s outstanding common shares as of April 23, 1999 of 2,017,460.
E-Taxi was  incorporated in the state of Delaware on April 14, 1998 to develop a
vertical Internet portal for the small office, home office ("SOHO") market.

The  acquisition of E-Taxi by the Company  signified the adoption by the Company
of a new corporate strategy to develop,  operate and acquire Internet businesses
that provide content,  commerce and online services to  demographically-targeted
audiences.

In April 1999,  immediately prior to the Company's acquisition of E-Taxi, E-Taxi
acquired  TechStore,  L.L.C.  ("TechStore"),  an  online  retailer  of  computer
hardware and software,  in a business  combination  accounted for as a purchase.
The results of  operations  include the  results of  TechStore  from the date of
acquisition (See Note 3).

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

SALE OF STOCK BY A SUBSIDIARY - Changes in the Company's  proportionate share of
subsidiary equity are accounted for as equity
transactions.

BASIS OF  CONSOLIDATION - The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements
include the  accounts of  eMarketplace  and  various  subsidiaries  in which the
Company holds a majority  ownership  interest.  The subsidiaries  are:  Computer
Marketplace,  Inc., E-Taxi, Inc. and TechStore,  LLC. All material  intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.

REVENUE  RECOGNITION - The Company records product sales revenue when goods have
been shipped.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - The Company considers all highly liquid  instruments
with a maturity of three months or less when  purchased to be cash  equivalents.
There are no cash equivalents at June 30, 1999.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #2
================================================================================

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

INVENTORY - The Company's  policy is to state  inventory at the lower of cost or
net realizable value. The company did not have any inventory at June 30, 1999.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT AND  DEPRECIATION  - Property and equipment are stated at
cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to seven years.

INTANGIBLES   AND   AMORTIZATION  -  Intangible   assets  are  stated  at  cost.
Amortization  is computed  using the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated
useful lives of the related assets, which is generally four to five years.

IMPAIRMENT - Long-lived  assets of the Company are reviewed at least annually as
to whether their  carrying  value has become  impaired  pursuant to Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121
requires  long-lived  assets,  if  impaired,  to be  remeasured  at fair  value,
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
the asset may not be  recoverable.  Management  also  reevaluates the periods of
amortization of long-lived  assets to determine whether events and circumstances
warrant revised estimates of useful lives.

NET LOSS PER  SHARE OF  COMMON  STOCK - Net loss per  share of  common  stock is
computed  reflecting the shares issued in the reverse acquisition as outstanding
for all periods  presented  and on the basis of the weighted  average  shares of
common stock  outstanding.  Potential  common shares  arising from the effect of
dilutive stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method are included
if dilutive. For fiscal years 1999 and 1998, the per share results were computed
without  consideration for contingently issuable shares underlying stock options
and warrants as the effect on the per share results would be anti-dilutive.  See
Notes 8 and 10 for further details on contingently issuable shares.

COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME - The Company does not have any  transactions  included in
comprehensive income.

SEGMENTS - Effective  July 1, 1998,  the Company  adopted the provisions of SFAS
No. 131,  "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information."
The Company  identifies  its operating  segments  based on business  activities,
management responsibility and geographical location. During the years ended June
30, 1999 and 1998, the Company operated in a single business segment,  primarily
in the United States.  Through June 30, 1999,  foreign  operations have not been
significant in either revenue or investment in long-lived assets.

USE OF ESTIMATES - The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

ADVERTISING  COSTS - Advertising  costs are expensed when incurred.  Advertising
costs  amounted  to $45,917 and $-0- for the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT - Research and development costs are charged to expense
as incurred. Research and development costs amounted to $19,173 and $-0- for the
years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #3
================================================================================

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

STOCK OPTIONS ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES - The Company  adopted SFAS No. 123 on July 1,
1996 for  financial  note  disclosure  purposes  and will  continue to apply the
intrinsic value method of Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25 for
financial reporting purposes.

(3) ACQUISITIONS

On April 23, 1999, Computer Marketplace,  Inc., (or "CMP") acquired E-Taxi, Inc.
("E-Taxi") in a business combination  accounted for as a "reverse  acquisition."
As  consideration  for  9,074,000  shares of E-Taxi's  common  stock and 400,000
shares  of  E-Taxi's  Series A  preferred  stock,  CMP  issued an  aggregate  of
9,074,000 shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and 400,000 shares
of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  par  value  $.0001  per  share.  For  accounting
purposes, E-Taxi is deemed to be the acquirer, and CMP is deemed to be acquired,
under the purchase method of accounting.  Therefore,  the financial  information
presented herein represents the historical  results of E-Taxi and the results of
CMP from April 23, 1999 (date of  acquisition)  only. The total purchase  price,
including stock valued at  approximately  $9.5 million and  acquisition  related
expenses of  approximately  $95,700 was allocated to net  liabilities  of CMP of
$(472,972),  and  $9,972,630  of goodwill,  which is being  amortized  using the
straight-line method over its estimated useful life of five years.

In April  1999,  E-Taxi  acquired  TechStore,  an online  retailer  of  computer
hardware  and  software,  in a  business  combination  accounted  for  using the
purchase method of accounting.  The results of operations include the results of
TechStore from the date of acquisition.  The purchase price,  which consisted of
stock valued at $1,492,000,  cash of $66,667 and acquisition related expenses of
approximately  $38,300,  was allocated  $(170,300)  to net tangible  liabilities
acquired,  $140,000 to developed technology,  $160,000 to established workforce,
$280,000 to  trademarks,  and  $1,187,300  to goodwill.  The value and estimated
lives of the  identified  intangible  assets  was  determined  by a  third-party
valuation. The intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful
lives of four years.

The following unaudited pro forma financial  information reflects the results of
operations for the year ended June 30, 1999 as if the  acquisitions had occurred
on July 1, 1998,  and after giving  effect to purchase  accounting  adjustments.
These  unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for  comparative  purposes
only and do not purport to be  indicative of what  operating  results would have
been had the  acquisitions  actually  taken place on July 1, 1998 and may not be
indicative of future operating  results.  (Data for the year ended June 30, 1998
are not meaningful).

                                                         YEAR ENDED
                                                          JUNE 30,
                                                           1 9 9 9
                                                         [UNAUDITED]
                                                         -----------

Revenues                                                $  9,756,060
Income (Loss) from Operations                             (4,390,304)
Net Income (Loss)                                         (4,842,488)
Net Loss per Share:
   Basic and Diluted                                                 (.43)


                                      F-8
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #4
================================================================================

(4) INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consists of the following as of June 30, 1999:

Goodwill                                    $     11,159,923
Acquired Technology                                  140,000
Established Workforce                                160,000
Trademarks                                           280,000
                                            ----------------

Total                                             11,739,923
Less:  Accumulated Amortization                     (404,174)

   TOTAL                                    $     11,335,749
   -----                                    ================

Amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 was $404,173 and
$-0-, respectively.

(5) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following as of June 30, 1999:

Computer Hardware and Software              $        253,616
Office Equipment                                      12,360
Furniture and Fixtures                                67,632
Automobiles and Trucks                                 4,850
                                            ----------------

Total                                                338,458
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                     (294,503)

   TOTAL                                    $         43,955
   -----                                    ================

Depreciation  expense  for the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 was $5,815 and
$-0-, respectively.

(6) COMMITMENTS

The Company  leases office space under  month-to-month  leases.  See Note 15 for
related party lease.

Total rent expense under all operating  leases for the years ended June 30, 1999
and 1998 was $4,450 and $-0-, respectively.

(7) NOTES PAYABLE - RELATED PARTY

$100,000 is payable to a director of the  Company,  and  consists of two secured
promissory  notes,  each for $50,000 bearing  interest at 10% and payable within
three days of demand dated on January 26, 1999 and April 15, 1999, respectively.
These  notes are fully  collateralized  by all real and  personal  property.  In
conjunction  with these notes,  the Company  granted the  director  fully vested
options  to  purchase  a total of  200,000  shares of common  stock at $0.50 per
share.  Prior to it's reverse  merger with E-Taxi,  CMP recorded the  difference
between the market  value of the  options on the date of grant and the  exercise
price,  totaling $125,000, in compensation expense associated with these options
(See Note 17E).

$67,000 is payable to an officer of the Company and consists of the following:

Secured Promissory Note                $         50,000     10% interest
Promissory Note                                  10,000     12% interest
Promissory Note                                   7,000     12% interest
                                       ----------------

   TOTAL                               $         67,000
                                       ================

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #5
================================================================================

(7) NOTES PAYABLE - RELATED PARTY (CONTINUED)

These notes are payable within three days of demand. The secured promissory note
is fully  collateralized by all real and personal property.  In conjunction with
these notes, the Company granted the director fully vested options to purchase a
total of 100,000 shares of common stock at $.60 per share. Prior to it's reverse
merger with E-Taxi,  CMP recorded the difference between the market value of the
options  on the date of grant  and the  exercise  price,  totaling  $33,000,  in
compensation expense associated with these options.

The prime rate at June 30, 1999, was 8.25%.

(8) EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

The  Company has  employment  contracts  with two  officers of one of its wholly
owned  subsidiaries.  These  contracts  are for a term of five years.  Under the
terms of the contracts,  the two officers are each eligible for cash performance
bonuses based on the subsidiary's  revenue and earnings before  interest,  taxes
and  deprecation  ("EBITD"),  up to a maximum of 100% of their base salary.  The
base  salary of $75,000  is subject to  reviewed  and  adjustment  annually.  In
addition,  each officer is entitled to a $500 per month automobile allowance. In
connection with these  employment  agreements,  the Company also granted each of
the two  officers a  Restricted  Stock Award for 500,000  shares each which vest
100% on March 31, 2000 subject to continued employment and attainment of certain
revenue and EBITD  targets.  Because the likelihood of attainment of the targets
is considered  by management to be remote,  these shares have not been issued as
of June 30, 1999 and no expense has been recorded associated with these shares.

(9) INCOME TAXES

The Tax Reform Act of 1986 imposes  substantial  restrictions on the utilization
of net  operating  loss and tax credits in the event of a change in ownership as
defined in the Internal  Revenue Code.  Accordingly,  the  Company's  ability to
utilize net operating loss and credit  carryforwards  may be limited as a result
of such an "ownership  change."  Management has not  determined  whether such an
ownership change has occurred.

Generally accepted accounting principles require the establishment of a deferred
tax  asset  for  all  deductible   temporary   differences  and  operating  loss
carryforwards.  At June 30, 1999,  management  cannot  estimate the deferred tax
asset attributable to operating loss carryforwards. However, because the Company
does not as yet have a history of  continuing  profitability,  any  deferred tax
asset  established  for the operating loss  carryforward  would  correspondingly
require a valuation of allowance  of the same amount.  Accordingly,  no deferred
tax asset is reflected in these consolidated financial statements.

No  provision  for Federal  income  taxes has been made during the fiscal  years
ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, because of the Company's net loss position.

(10) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

PRIVATE PLACEMENT - In April 1999, E-Taxi, Inc. completed a private placement of
810,000 shares of common stock at $0.625 per share and 90,000 shares of Series A
convertible  preferred  stock  at  $10.00  per  share,   realizing  proceeds  of
$1,406,250.

CONVERSION  OF PREFERRED  STOCK - As of the close of business on April 28, 1999,
the  Company's  common stock had a closing price of greater than $3.75 per share
for more than three  consecutive  days, and based upon the terms of the Series A
convertible preferred stock, all outstanding shares of preferred stock converted
into  common  stock at a one to four ratio,  resulting  in the  cancellation  of
400,000 shares of preferred stock and the issuance of 1,600,000 shares of common
stock.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #6
================================================================================

(10) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

STOCK  COMPENSATION PLANS - All of the stock option activity presented below was
recorded  by Computer  Marketplace  prior to its  reverse  merger  with  E-Taxi.
Because these financial  statements  represent the historical  results of E-Taxi
and  combine  the  results  of  Computer  Marketplace  only  from  its  date  of
acquisition  of April 23,1999,  no charges are included in the income  statement
for  options  issued to  consultants  other than the  amortization  of  deferred
compensation after April 23, 1999.

In January 1996, 157,083  non-qualified  stock options were granted to employees
of Computer Marketplace and its subsidiaries,  and to non-employee directors, to
purchase  shares of Computer  Marketplace's  common  stock at an exercise  price
equal to $1.6875,  which was equal to 100% of the market value of the  Company's
common stock on the date of grant. The stock options required future  employment
or  services  to  Computer  Marketplace  and vested one third each on January 3,
1997, January 3, 1998, and January 3, 1999, respectively. The stock options must
be exercised by January 3, 2006.  As of June 30, 1999,  13,666 of these  options
are outstanding and exercisable.

In  December  1996,  the  Company  issued to  certain  employees,  officers  and
directors  options to  purchase an  aggregate  of  1,000,000  shares of Computer
Marketplace's  Common Stock during a four year period  commencing  on January 1,
1997 at an  exercise  price of $1.00 per share (the  "Management  Options").  In
exchange for the issuance of certain of the Management  Options,  certain option
holders  surrendered for cancellation an aggregate of 242,250 options previously
issued in June 1996 for 722,500 of the Management Options.
As of June 30, 1999, 153,333 of these options are outstanding and exercisable.

In September  1998,  185,000 options were issued to employees and consultants at
$1.00 per  share,  which was higher  than the market  value of the shares on the
date of  grant.  Compensation  expense  associated  with the  options  issued to
consultants computed using the Black-Scholes model of $36,632 was recorded.

In November 1998,  options to purchase a total of 100,000 shares were granted to
an officer of Computer  Marketplace,  with an  exercise  prices less than market
value on the date of grant, in conjunction with loans to Computer Marketplace of
$50,000.  Compensation  charges equal to the difference between the market value
and the exercise price of $33,000 were recorded by the predecessor company prior
to its merger with E-Taxi.

In January  and April 1999,  options to purchase a total of 200,000  shares were
granted to a director of Computer Marketplace, with an exercise prices less than
market  value  on the date of  grant,  in  conjunction  with  loans to  Computer
Marketplace of $100,000.  Compensation  charges equal to the difference  between
the  market  value and the  exercise  price of  $125,000  were  recorded  by the
predecessor company prior to its merger with E-Taxi.

In March 1999,  60,000  shares of common  stock were granted to  consultants  as
payment for services  rendered to E-Taxi,  resulting in a charge to compensation
expense of $30,000.

In April 1999,  690,834 options  outstanding for the chief executive  officer of
the Company were repriced in conjunction  with the  cancellation of liabilities,
resulting  in a  compensation  charge  of  $204,557,  which  was  equal  to  the
difference  between the fair value of the repriced  options and the  liabilities
forgiven.

In April  1999,  40,000  shares of common  stock were  granted to  Directors  as
payment  for  services  rendered  to  the  Company,  resulting  in a  charge  to
compensation expense of $150,000.

In April of 1999,  pursuant to a settlement  agreements,  the Company  cancelled
options issued to  non-employees in addition to obligations for 1,000,000 shares
of the Company's  common stock in exchange for the issuance of 250,000 shares of
common stock.  The options had a unamortized  deferred  compensation  balance of
$274,372, and accordingly, expensed the $274,372 as the fair value of the shares
issued.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #7
================================================================================

(10) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

In April 1999, the Company granted to a consultant  options to purchase  125,000
shares of the Company's  common stock. The options vest monthly in increments of
25,000,  commencing May 1, 1999. As a result,  deferred compensation of $146,653
was recorded and cumulative  compensation  expense of approximately  $58,000 has
been recognized.

As of April 9, 1999,  the Company and each of the holders of  1,500,000  Class D
Common Stock Purchase Warrants entered into a Settlement Agreement,  pursuant to
which the  Company  issued  375,000  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock in
exchange for (i) the cancellation of all Class D Common Stock Purchase Warrants,
(ii) the surrender and transfer to the Company of an aggregate of 500,000 shares
of common  stock of  Medical  Marketplace,  Inc.,  and (iii) a general  release,
releasing the Company from all liabilities.

In June 1999,  a majority  of the  shareholders  approved  the  adoption  of the
Company's  1999 Stock Plan (the "1999  Plan").  A total of  1,700,000  shares of
common  stock have been  reserved for  issuance  under this plan.  The 1999 plan
permits  the  granting  of  incentive  or  non-incentive  options to  employees,
directors,  consultants  or  advisors  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.
Incentive  options may be granted to employees only and may not have an exercise
price less than 100% of fair  market  value (110% for 10%  Stockholders)  on the
date of grant,  and  terminate  no later than ten years from date of grant (five
years for 10%  Stockholders).  Awards of restricted  stock or deferred stock may
also be granted under the 1999 Plan.

The following is a summary of transactions under the stock option plans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          WEIGHTED
                                                 NUMBER OF       WEIGHTED AVERAGE         AVERAGE
                                               COMMON SHARES      EXERCISE PRICE         FAIR VALUE
                                               -------------      --------------         ----------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>                       <C>
Options Outstanding at June 30, 1997              2,054,917      $     1.02                $  0.14

 Granted                                             98,000            1.00                   0.14
 Cancelled                                         (137,917)           1.97                   0.15
                                                -----------

Options Outstanding at June 30, 1998              2,015,000            1.02                   0.14

 Granted                                          1,300,834            0.82                   0.93
 Cancelled                                       (1,848,001)           1.01                   0.14
                                                -----------

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AT JUNE 30, 1999              1,467,833            0.86                   0.84
                                                ===========

OPTIONS EXERCISABLE AT JUNE 30, 1999              1,392,833            0.77                   0.83
                                                ===========
</TABLE>
The  following is a summary of the status of fixed options  outstanding  at June
30, 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               OUTSTANDING OPTIONS                                    EXERCISABLE OPTIONS
- ----------------------------------------------------    --------------------------------------------
                                           WEIGHTED                                       WEIGHTED
                             REMAINING     AVERAGE                                        AVERAGE
 EXERCISE                   CONTRACTUAL    EXERCISE                       EXERCISE        EXERCISE
  PRICE         NUMBER         LIFE         PRICE           NUMBER          PRICE          PRICE
  -----         ------         ----         -----           ------          -----          -----
<S>             <C>         <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>             <C>
$ 0.50          200,000     3.7 years     $    0.50         200,000       $   0.50        $   0.50
$ 0.60          790,834     2.7 years     $    0.60         790,834       $   0.60        $   0.60
$ 1.00          338,333     2.6 years     $    1.00         338,333       $   1.00        $   1.00
$ 1.69           13,666     6.8 years     $    1.69          13,666       $   1.68        $   1.69
$ 2.50          125,000     0.4 years     $    2.50          50,000       $   2.50        $   2.50
           ------------                                 -----------
              1,467,833     2.6 years     $    0.86       1,392,833                       $   0.77
           ============                                 ===========                       ========
</TABLE>
                                      F-12

<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #8
================================================================================

(10) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

WARRANTS - In April  1999,  the Company and  Gateway  Advisors,  Inc.  ("Gateway
Advisors"),  a company owned and controlled by the Company's current Chairman of
the Board,  entered  into a  Financial  Advisory  Agreement,  pursuant  to which
Gateway  Advisors agreed to provide certain  business  development and financial
advisory  services for a period of two years in exchange for the issuance by the
Company of 1,500,000  Common Stock Purchase  Warrants.  Each warrant,  which was
fully vested on the date of grant,  entitles the holder to purchase one share of
the Company's  Common Stock at an exercise  price of $2.50 per share until April
8, 2000. Deferred compensation associated with the options issued to consultants
computed  using  the  Black-Scholes  model  of  $636,504  was  recorded  by  the
predecessor  company prior to its merger with E-Taxi.  Compensation  expense for
the two months ended June 30, 1999 was $52,000 (See Note 15).

VALUATION  OF STOCK  OPTIONS  AND  WARRANTS  - The  Company  applies  Accounting
Principles  Board Opinion No. 25,  Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees and
related interpretations, for stock options issued to employees in accounting for
its stock option plans.

Had  compensation  cost been  determined on the basis of fair value  pursuant to
SFAS No. 123, for the employee options,  net income and earnings per share would
have been as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       PERIOD FROM
                                                                       APRIL 14, 1998
                                                      YEAR ENDED      (INCEPTION) TO
                                                       JUNE 30,          JUNE 30,
                                                        1999              1998
                                                   ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                <C>                <C>
Net Loss as Reported                               $      (728,297)   $        (7,131)
                                                   ===============    ===============
Pro Forma Net Loss                                 $    (1,129,657)   $        (7,131)
                                                   ===============    ===============

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share as Reported   $         (0.06)   $            --
                                                   ===============    ===============
Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share     $         (0.10)   $            --
                                                   ===============    ===============
</TABLE>

The fair  value  used in the pro  forma  data was  estimated  by using an option
pricing model which took into account as of the grant date,  the exercise  price
and the expected life of the option,  the current price of the underlying  stock
and its expected  volatility,  expected dividends on the stock and the risk-free
interest rate for the expected term of the option.  The following is the average
of the data used for the following items.

                                   WEIGHTED         WEIGHTED
                                   AVERAGE          AVERAGE
    YEAR ENDED        RISK-FREE    EXPECTED         EXPECTED         EXPECTED
     JUNE 30,       INTEREST RATE    LIFE          VOLATILITY        DIVIDENDS
     --------       -------------    ----          ----------        ---------

       1998             5.80%          2             90.74%            None
       1999             4.76%          2             106.80%           None

SHARES  RESERVED  FOR FUTURE  ISSUANCE - In addition  to the  options  discussed
above,  the Company has reserved  1,000,000  shares of common stock for issuance
under certain employment agreements. See Note 8 above.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #9
================================================================================

(11) CONCENTRATIONS

CREDIT RISK - The Company  currently  maintains  cash  accounts  with  financial
institutions  which exceed the maximum amounts insured by the Federal Depository
Insurance  Corporation.  At  June  30,  1999  these  uninsured  amounts  totaled
approximately $1,129,000.

Generally,  the Company does not require collateral or other security to support
financial  instruments,  however the Company  routinely  assesses the  financial
strength  of its  customers  and,  as a  consequence,  believes  that its  trade
receivable credit risk exposure is limited. At June 30, 1999, no single customer
accounted for 10% or more of trade receivables, and no single customer accounted
for more than 10% of total revenues for the year ended June 30, 1999.

OTHER - One of the Company's  subsidiaries  purchases all of its finished  goods
from one supplier.  The Company is entirely dependent on this supplier for order
fulfillment  and for  shipping  merchandise  directly to  customers.  Management
believes that there is no business vulnerability regarding this concentration of
purchases as the goods are available from other sources.  However,  there can be
no assurance that such a distributor could provide the fulfillment,  service and
pricing currently offered by its current supplier.

The Company's  future success is highly  dependent upon continued  growth in the
use of the Internet  generally and, in particular,  as a medium for advertising,
marketing,  services and commerce.  If commercial  use of the Internet  fails to
continue to expand, the Company's business,  results of operations and financial
condition would be adversely affected.

In addition, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted
with respect to the Internet  generally and the adoption of any such  additional
laws or  regulations  may  decrease  the growth of commerce  over the  Internet,
increase the Company's cost of doing business or otherwise have a harmful effect
on the Company's business.

(12) NEW AUTHORITATIVE PRONOUNCEMENTS

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ["FASB"]  has issued  Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  ["SFAS"] No. 133,  "Accounting  for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging  Activities."  SFAS No. 133  establishes  accounting and
reporting  standards for derivative  instruments,  including certain  derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. SFAS No. 133
requires  that  an  entity   recognize  all  derivatives  as  either  assets  or
liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments
at fair value.  The  accounting  for  changes in the fair value of a  derivative
depends on the intended use of the  derivative  and how it its  designated,  for
example, gain or losses related to changes in the fair value of a derivative not
designated  as a hedging  instrument  is recognized in earnings in the period of
the  change,  while  certain  types of hedges  may be  initially  reported  as a
component  of  other   comprehensive   income   [outside   earnings]  until  the
consummation of the underlying transaction.

SFAS No. 133 is  effective  for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal  years  beginning
after June 15,  1999.  Initial  application  of SFAS No. 133 should be as of the
beginning  of a fiscal  quarter;  on that date,  hedging  relationships  must be
designated  anew and  documented  pursuant  to the  provisions  of SFAS No. 133.
Earlier application of all of the provisions of SFAS No. 133 is encouraged,  but
it is permitted only as of the beginning of any fiscal quarter.  SFAS No. 133 is
not to be applied retroactively to financial statements of prior periods.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #10
================================================================================

(12) NEW AUTHORITATIVE PRONOUNCEMENTS [CONTINUED]

The  Company  does not  currently  have any  derivative  instruments  and is not
currently engaged in any hedging activities.

In October 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 134,  "Accounting for  Mortgage-Backed
Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by
a Mortgage Banking Enterprises." SFAS No. 134 is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company.

In February 1999, the FASB issued SFAS No. 135, which is a recission of SFAS No.
75  "Deferral  of the  Effective  Date of Certain  Accounting  Requirements  for
Pension Plans of State and Local Government Units." SFAS No. 135 is not expected
to have a material impact on the Company.

The FASB has had on its  agenda a project  to address  certain  practice  issues
regarding  Accounting  Principles Board ["APB"] Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees." The FASB plans on issuing various interpretations of
APB Opinion No. 25 to address these practice issues. The proposed effective date
of these interpretations would be the issuance date of the final Interpretation,
which is expected to be in September 1999. If adopted,  the Interpretation would
be applied  prospectively  but would be applied to plan  modification and grants
that occur after December 15, 1998. The FASB's tentative  interpretations are as
follows:

*    APB  Opinion  No.  25 has  been  applied  in  practice  to  include  in its
     definition  of  employees,  outside  members of the board or directors  and
     independent  contractors.  The FASB's  interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25
     will limit the definition of an employee to individuals who meet the common
     law definition of an employee  [which also is the basis for the distinction
     between  employees and nonemployees in the current U.S. tax code].  Outside
     members of the board of  directors  and  independent  contractors  would be
     excluded  from the  scope of APB  Opinion  No. 25 unless  they  qualify  as
     employees under common law. Accordingly,  the cost of issuing stock options
     to board  members and  independent  contractors  not meeting the common law
     definition of an employee  will have to be  determined  in accordance  with
     FASB Statement No. 123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  and
     usually  recorded  as an expense  in the  period of the grant [the  service
     period  could  be  prospective,  however,  depending  on the  terms  of the
     options].

*    Options  [or  other  equity  instruments]  of a parent  company  issued  to
     employees of a subsidiary should be considered options,  etc. issued by the
     employer  corporation  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,   and,
     accordingly,  APB  Opinion  No. 25 should  continue  to be  applied in such
     situations.  This interpretation  would apply to subsidiary companies only;
     it would not apply to equity method investees or joint ventures.

*    If the terms of an option [originally  accounted for as a fixed option] are
     modified during the option term to directly change the exercise price,  the
     modified  option  should be accounted  for as a variable  option.  Variable
     grant accounting  should be applied to the modified option from the date of
     the  modification  until  the date of  exercise.  Consequently,  the  final
     measurement  of  compensation  expense would occur at the date of exercise.
     The cancellation of an option and the issuance of a new option with a lower
     exercise price shortly  thereafter [for example,  within six months] to the
     same  individual  should be considered  in substance a modified  [variable]
     option.

*    Additional interpretations will address how to measure compensation expense
     when a new measurement date is required.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #11
================================================================================

(13) ACCRUED LOSS ON DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY

In April of 1999,  the  Company  decided  to adopt a plan to sell a  subsidiary,
Medical  Marketplace and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  New Millineum  Leasing,
which was finalized in September of 1999. The combined assets and liabilities of
Medical  Marketplace  and New  Millineum  Leasing as of April 1999 are presented
below  including the accrued loss on their  disposal.  This plan of  disposition
occurred prior to combination with E-Taxi.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Assets and Liabilities:
<S>                                                                     <C>
   Cash                                                                 $     101,377
   Accounts Receivable - Net                                                   28,403
   Residual Value of Equipment                                                375,000
   Deposits                                                                    20,000
   Property and Equipment, Net                                                723,418
   Notes Payable                                                             (213,406)
   Accounts Payable                                                          (102,855)
   Accrued Liabilities                                                       (190,244)
   Capital Lease Obligations                                                 (334,962)
                                                                        -------------

   Net Assets of Entity to be Disposed of:                                    406,731
   Estimated Additional Losses to be Incurred through Disposal Date           314,556
   Estimated Net Proceeds upon Sale                                           (60,000)
                                                                        -------------

   TOTAL ACCRUED LOSS ON DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY                         $     661,287
                                                                        =============
</TABLE>

The revenues of Medical Marketplace and New Millineum Leasing for the year ended
June 30, 1998 were approximately $4,414,000.

(14) PENDING ACQUISITION

As of June 14, 1999, the Company's legal  subsidiary,  E-Taxi entered into (i) a
Stock  Purchase  Agreement  (the  "Stock  Purchase  Agreement")  with all of the
shareholders of SSPS, Inc., a California corporation ("SSPS"), pursuant to which
E-Taxi has agreed to purchase, and the shareholders of SSPS have agreed to sell,
approximately 94.6% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of SSPS, and (ii)
a Membership  Interest Purchase Agreement with all of the members of Impact Team
International,  LLC, a California  limited liability company and an affiliate of
SSPS  ("Impact"),  pursuant  to which  E-Taxi  has agreed to  purchase,  and the
members  of  Impact  have  agreed  to sell,  all of the  outstanding  membership
interests of Impact. SSPS, and its operating divisions TRISTEP, GIG2GIG.COM, and
IT  WORLDNET.COM,  and  Impact,  provide  short  term  and long  term  temporary
workforce solutions primarily to rapidly growing technology firms.

The closing of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement and
the Membership  Interest  Purchase  Agreement (the "Closing") are subject to the
satisfaction of certain conditions,  including without limitation, the execution
and  delivery  of  employment  agreements  with  certain  members  of the senior
management  team of SSPS, the release of a principal  stockholder of SSPS of his
guaranty of certain  indebtedness of SSPS, the waiver of certain rights of first
refusal  to  purchase  the shares of SSPS  capital  stock  owned by a  principal
stockholder,  the termination  and release of certain  obligations of SSPS under
existing employment agreements and other customary conditions to closing. At the
Closing,  the Company will issue  approximately 2.9 million shares of its Common
Stock and pay cash and notes of approximately $1.5 million for SSPS. The Company
has also  agreed to  provide  the  sellers  of the SSPS  shares  and the  Impact
interests  with  demand  and  piggyback  registration  rights.  It is  presently
anticipated that the Company's  acquisition of SSPS and Impact will close second
quarter of fiscal 2000 (See Note 17B).

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #12
================================================================================

(15) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In April 1998, TechStore,  a subsidiary of the Company,  entered into a month to
month lease  agreement for office space with an entity owned by an officer and a
10% stockholder of the Company.  The lease payments are approximately $1,500 per
month.

In September 1998, E-Taxi retained Gateway  Advisors,  Inc., a company owned and
controlled by the Company's  Chairman of the Board,  as financial  advisor for a
three year term,  pursuant to which Gateway  receives  quarterly fee payments of
$30,000 plus reimbursement of expenses (See Note 10).

In October 1998,  the Company repaid a $200,000  promissory  note to a lender by
transferring its ownership interest in certain property. Shortly thereafter, the
lender sold the property to the trust fund (the Kiley  Children's  Trust) of the
children of the then President and Chairman of the Board.

In January and April of 1999, a director of the Company loaned proceeds totaling
$100,000 to the Company with  repayment  terms of July and September of 1999 and
an annual interest rate of 10%. These notes are fully collateralized by all real
and personal property (See Note 17E).

(16) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Generally  accepted  accounting  principles require disclosing the fair value of
financial  instruments to the extent practicable for financial instruments which
are  recognized  or  unrecognized  in the balance  sheet.  The fair value of the
financial instruments disclosed herein is not necessarily  representative of the
amount  that  could be  realized  or  settled,  nor does the fair  value  amount
consider the tax consequences of realization or settlement.

For certain financial  instruments,  including cash and cash equivalents,  trade
receivables,  trade  payables,  and  short-term  debt, it was estimated that the
carrying amount  approximated fair value for the majority of these items because
of their short maturities.

(17) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

(A) SALE OF SUBSIDIARY - MEDICAL  MARKETPLACE - On October 12, 1999, the Company
entered  into a  definitive  agreement  to sell 100% of its  interest in Medical
Marketplace  to a third  party  effective  June 30, 1999 for $65,000 in cash and
notes (See Note 13). In connection with the sale of the capital stock of Medical
Marketplace,  the Company  received $40,000 in cash and a promissory note in the
aggregate  principal  amount of  $25,000.  The note is secured by the assets and
stock of  Medical  Marketplace  and bears  interest  at a rate of 8% per  annum.
Interest and principal shall be paid quarterly  commencing on January 1, 2000 in
eleven (11)  payments of two  thousand  eighty five dollars  ($2,085)  (with the
twelfth and final  payment  being in the amount of $2,065) plus  interest on the
outstanding balance. In addition, in the event that (i) the Company receives not
less  than  $225,000  in  proceeds  from a  specified  account  receivable  (the
"Specified  Receivable")  or (ii) all  liabilities of Medical  Marketplace  have
terminated to the  satisfaction of Seller,  the obligations to the Company under
the Note shall be deemed satisfied in full. Further,  the outstanding  principal
amount of the Note shall be reduced (i) proportionately  based upon the proceeds
received by the Company  with  respect to the  Specified  Receivable  divided by
$225,000  and  (ii)  to the  extent  that  Medical  Marketplace  incurs  any tax
liabilities from the non-payment of taxes by Medical  Marketplace  prior to June
30, 1999, subject to certain limitations.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
EMARKETPLACE, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SHEET #13
================================================================================

(17) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)

(B)  PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  - On July 16,  1999,  the  Company  commenced a private
offering (the  "Offering") of up to 1,200,000 shares of its Common Stock (each a
"Share" and  collectively  the "Shares").  The Offering is being conducted under
the exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act"),  provided by Section 4(2) of the Act and the  provisions
of  Rule  506 of  Regulation  D.  Sales  of the  Shares  will  be  made  only to
"accredited  investors,"  as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)  under the Act.
The  Shares are being  offered at a purchase  price of $3.875 per share and on a
"best efforts all or none" basis with respect to the first  400,000  Shares (the
"Minimum  Offering"),  and on a "best efforts" basis  thereafter with respect to
the  remaining  800,000  Shares  (the  "Maximum  Offering").  The  Offering  was
originally  scheduled to terminate on August 30, 1999,  but has been extended at
the  option of the  Company.  Subscriptions  for less  than  20,000  Shares  (or
$77,550) may be accepted at the  discretion of the Company.  Upon  completion of
the Minimum  Offering and the Maximum  Offering,  the Company expects to receive
gross proceeds of approximately $1,550,000 and $4,650,000,  respectively, before
deducting commissions (placement agent) and expenses of the Offering (consisting
of accounting and legal fees, "blue sky" fees and other related  expenses).  The
Company has received  proceeds from the Offering of approximately  $2,884,000 as
of  October  12,  1999 which  will be used to fund the  acquisition  of SSPS and
Impact and the working capital needs of the Company.

(C) NEW  SUBSIDIARIES AND OTHER AGREEMENTS - On August 12, 1999, Top Team, Inc.,
a newly formed  subsidiary of the Company  ("Top Team")  entered into letters of
intent with Full Moon Interactive Group, Inc. and Orrell  Communications,  Inc.,
and on September 7, 1999,  Top Team entered into letters of intent with Paradigm
3 Marketing,  De Vries Data  Systems,  Inc.,  Image  Network and Muccino  Design
Group,  Inc. Under the letters of intent,  it is contemplated  that together the
Company and Top Team will acquire all of the outstanding  capital stock of these
interactive  architect  companies  in  exchange  for the payment of cash and the
issuance of shares of common stock of both the Company and Top Team. The closing
of each of the  proposed  transactions  is subject to the  completion  of legal,
business  and  accounting  due  diligence  and the  execution  and  delivery  of
definitive acquisition agreements.

In August 1999,  Office Express,  Inc. a newly formed subsidiary of the Company,
began its operations to sell office products and supplies through its Web site.

(D) RELATED PARTY  TRANSACTIONS  - In July 1999,  the Company  terminated a real
property  lease  agreement  with Quality  Associates,  Inc., a company owned and
controlled by the Company's Chief Executive Officer.

As of July 15, 1999,  the Company has agreed to reimburse a company owned by the
Company's  Chairman of the Board for the use of office space. The  reimbursement
is  $5,422  per  month.  The  Company  has  not  agreed  to any  term  for  this
arrangement.

(E) EXTENSION ON RELATED PARTY NOTES PAYABLE - On October 11, 1999,  the Company
received an extension on notes payable  aggregating  $100,000  which were due in
July and September of 1999 until December 31, 1999 (See Note 7).



                               . . . . . . . . . .

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

In  accordance  with  Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange  Act,  the  registrant
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
executed on this day of October  13, 1999.

                                 EMARKETPLACE, INC.


                                 By: /s/ L. WAYNE KILEY
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                         L. Wayne Kiley
                                         President, Chief Executive Officer,
                                         (Chief Accounting Officer) and Director

In  accordance  with the Exchange  Act, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.

Signature                          Title                         Date
- ---------                          -----                         ----

L. WAYNE KILEY               President,                     October 13, 1999
- -------------------------    Chief Executive
l. Wayne Kiley               Officer (Chief Accounting
                             Officer) and Director

ROBERT M. WALLACE            Chairman of the Board          October 13, 1999
- -------------------------
Robert M. Wallace

THOMAS E. EVANS, JR.         Director                       October 13, 1999
- -------------------------
Thomas E. Evans, Jr.





                                  EXHIBIT 3.02


                   ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF TECHSTORE, LLC
<PAGE>

                               STATE OF CALIFORNIA
                                   BILL JONES
                               SECRETARY OF STATE

                            LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
                            ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

         IMPORTANT - Read the instructions before completing the form.
         This document is presented for filing  pursuant to Section 17050 of the
California Corporations Code.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.        Limited liability company name:
          (end the name with "LLC" or "Limited  Liability  Company".  No periods
          between  the  letters  in  "LLC",   "Limited"  and  "Company"  may  be
          abbreviated to Llc" and "Co."

          TechStore LLC
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.        Latest date  (monthly/day/year) on which the limited liability company
          is to dissolve:

          12/31/2038
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.        The  purpose  of the  limited  liability  company  is to engage in any
          lawful act or activity  for which a limited  liability  company may be
          organized under the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.        Enter the name of initial  agent for  service of process and check the
          appropriate provision below:

          Bejan Aminifard

          [X]      an individual residing in California. Proceed to Item 5.

          [ ]       a  corporation  which has filed  pursuant to Section 1505 of
                    the California Corporations Code. Skip Item 5 and proceed to
                    Item 6.

5.        If the initial agent for service of process is an individual,  enter a
          business or residential street address in California:
          Street Address:   1525 Indian Valley Rd.
          City:  Novato        State:  California      Zip Code:  94947

6.        The limited liability company will be managed by (check one)

          [ ]  one manager   [ ]  more than one manager    [X] limited liability
                                                               company members

7.        If other  matters are to be included in the  Articles of  Organization
          attach one or more separate pages. Number of pages attached, if any:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.       It is hereby declared that I am the          FOR SECRETARY OF STATE USE
         person who executed this instrument,
         which execution is my act and deed.


Signature of organizer


/s/ RICHARD OSTER
- ---------------------------------------------------
Type or print name of organizer

Date  March 13, 1999
      --------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  EXHIBIT 3.03


                  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF TOPTEAM, INC.

<PAGE>




                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                  TOPTEAM, INC.



                                    ARTICLE I

         The name of this corporation is TopTeam,  Inc.  (hereinafter called the
"corporation").

                                   ARTICLE II

         The address of the registered  office of this  corporation in the State
of Delaware is 15 East North Street,  in the City of Dover,  County of Kent. The
name of its registered agent at such address is PARACORP Incorporated.

                                   ARTICLE III

         The nature of the  business or purposes to be  conducted or promoted is
to engage in any lawful act or activity for which  corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         A.  CLASSES  OF STOCK.  This  corporation  is  authorized  to issue two
classes of stock to be designated,  respectively,  "Common Stock" and "Preferred
Stock." The total number of shares that this  corporation is authorized to issue
is thirty-one million  (31,000,000)  shares.  Thirty million (30,000,000) shares
shall be Common  Stock and one million  (1,000,000)  shares  shall be  Preferred
Stock, each with a par value of $.001 per share.

         The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed
by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred  Stock in series,
and by  filing a  certificate  pursuant  to the  applicable  law of the State of
Delaware,  to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in
such series, and to fix the designation,  voting, powers, preferences and rights
of the  shares  of each  such  series  and any  qualifications,  limitations  or
restrictions  thereof. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be
increased  or  decreased  (but not below  the  number  of  shares  thereof  then
outstanding)  by the  affirmative  vote  of the  holders  of a  majority  of the
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock,  without  a vote of the  holders  of the
Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof,  unless a vote of any such holders is
required pursuant to the certificate or certificates  establishing any series of
Preferred Stock.

                                    ARTICLE V

         Except as otherwise  provided in this Certificate of Incorporation,  in
furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute,  the Board
of Directors is expressly  authorized to make, repeal,  alter, amend and rescind
any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

         The number of directors of this corporation shall be fixed from time to
time by a bylaw or  amendment  thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors or
by the stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         Elections of directors  need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws
of this corporation shall so provide.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         Meetings  of  stockholders  may be held  within or without the State of
Delaware,  as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of this corporation may be kept
(Subject  to any  provision  contained  in the  statutes)  outside  the State of
Delaware at such place or places as may be  designated  from time to time by the
Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

         A director of this  corporation  shall, to the fullest extent permitted
by the  General  Corporation  Law as it now  exists  or as it may  hereafter  be
amended,  not be personally  liable to this  corporation or its stockholders for
monetary  damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty as a  director,  except  for
liability  (i)  for  any  breach  of the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to this
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
that involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the General  Corporation  Law, or (iv) for any  transaction  from
which the  director  derived  any  improper  personal  benefit.  If the  General
Corporation   Law  is  amended,   after  the  filing  of  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation,  to authorize  corporation action further eliminating or limiting
the personal  liability of  directors,  then the liability of a director of this
corporation  shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest  extent  permitted by
the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

         Any  amendment,  repeal  or  modification  of this  Article  IX, or the
adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with
this Article IX, by the stockholders of this  corporation  shall not apply to or
adversely  affect  any right or  protection  of a director  of this  corporation
existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.

                                    ARTICLE X

         This corporation  reserves the right to amend,  alter, change or repeal
any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation,  in the manner now
or hereafter  prescribed by statute,  and all rights conferred upon stockholders
herein are granted subject to this reservation.

                                   ARTICLE XI

         To the fullest extent  permitted by applicable law, this corporation is
authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents
of this  corporation  (and any other  persons to which General  Corporation  Law
permits this corporation to provide  indemnification)  through bylaw provisions,
agreements  with  such  agents  or  other  persons,   vote  of  stockholders  or
disinterested  directors  or  otherwise,  in excess of the  indemnification  and
advancement  otherwise  permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law,
subject only to limits created by applicable General  Corporation Law (statutory
or  non-statutory),  with  respect  to  actions  for  breach  of  duty  to  this
corporation, its stockholders, and others.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         Any amendment,  repeal or modification  of the foregoing  provisions of
this  Article  XI shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right or  protection  of a
director,  officer,  agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase
the  liability of any director of this  corporation  with respect to any acts or
omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment,
repeal or modification.

                                      * * *

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  INCORPORATOR

         The  incorporator  is Michael L. Violanti whose mailing  address is c/o
Leland,  Parachini,  Steinberg,  Matzger & Melnick, LLP, 333 Market Street, 27th
Floor, San Francisco, California 94105.

         I, THE UNDERSIGNED, for the purposes of forming a corporation under the
laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate, and to
certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have  accordingly  hereunto
set my hand this 14th day of July, 1999.


                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Incorporator


                                       3




                                  EXHIBIT 3.05


                            BY-LAWS OF TOPTEAM, INC.

<PAGE>



                                  TOPTEAM, INC.
                                     BY-LAWS


                                  STOCKHOLDERS

         SECTION 1.        ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS.

         The annual meeting of  stockholders  of the Corporation for the purpose
of electing  directors and of  transacting  such other  business as may properly
come  before  the  meeting  shall  be held at such  place  and  time as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 2.        SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.

         Subject  to the  rights of the  holders of any class or series of stock
having a preference  over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation,
special  meetings  of the  stockholders  for any purpose may be called only by a
majority of the entire Board of Directors.

         SECTION 3.        NOTICE OF MEETING.

         The  Secretary  shall  cause  written  notice  of the  time,  place and
purposes of each meeting to be mailed, or delivered personally, not less than 10
nor more than 60 days before the date of the  meeting,  to each  stockholder  of
record entitled to vote at the meeting.

         Attendance  of a person at a meeting of  stockholders,  in person or by
proxy,  constitutes  a  waiver  of  notice  of  the  meeting,  except  when  the
stockholder  attends a meeting  for the  express  purpose of  objecting,  at the
beginning  of the  meeting,  to the  transactions  of any  business  because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

         SECTION 4.        QUORUM.

         At any meeting of stockholders  the holders of a majority of the shares
of the capital stock of the  Corporation  issued and outstanding and entitled to
vote,  present in person or represented by proxy,  shall  constitute a quorum of
the  stockholders  for all purposes  unless a greater or lesser  quorum shall be
provided  by law or by the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and in such case the
representation  of the  number  so  required  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  The
stockholders  present  in person  or by proxy at a meeting  at which a quorum is
present  may  continue  to  do  business  until   adjournment,   notwithstanding
withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

         Whether or not a quorum is present,  the meeting may be adjourned  from
time  to time  by the  Chairman  of the  meeting  or  upon a vote of the  shares
present. At any such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present,  any
business may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting if
held at the time specified in the notices thereof.

         SECTION 5.        ORGANIZATION.

         The Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the Vice Chairman of the Board
of Directors,  the  President,  or such Executive  Vice  President,  Senior Vice
President  or Vice  President  as the  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  may
designate,  shall act as Chairman of meetings of the stockholders.  The Board of
Directors or the  stockholders may appoint any stockholder to act as Chairman of
any meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice

<PAGE>
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors,   the  President,  the  Executive  Vice
Presidents, the Senior Vice Presidents and the Vice Presidents.

         The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary at all meetings
of the  stockholders;  but in the absence of the Secretary,  the Chairman of the
meeting may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

         SECTION 6.        VOTING.

         At any meeting of the stockholders,  every stockholder entitled to vote
may vote in person or by proxy  authorized  by an  instrument in writing or by a
transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established
for the  meeting.  Any  copy,  facsimile  telecommunication  or  other  reliable
reproduction of the writing or transmission  created  pursuant to this paragraph
may be substituted or used in lieu of the original  writing or transmission  for
any and all  purposes for which the original  writing or  transmission  could be
used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction
shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

         All voting,  including on the election of directors but excepting where
otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided,  however, that upon
demand  therefore by a  stockholder  entitled to vote or by his or her proxy,  a
stock vote shall be taken.  Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots,  each of
which shall  state the name of the  stockholder  or proxy  voting and such other
information as may be required under the procedure  established for the meeting.
The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any
meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to replace any inspector
who fails to act. If no  inspector  or  alternate is able to act at a meeting of
stockholders,  the  person  presiding  at the  meeting  may,  and to the  extent
required by law,  shall,  appoint one or more  inspectors to act at the meeting.
Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and
sign an  oath  faithfully  to  execute  the  duties  of  inspector  with  strict
impartiality  and  according  to the best of his  ability.  Every  vote taken by
ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman
of the meeting.

         All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and
except as otherwise  required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a
majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

         SECTION 7.        INSPECTORS OF ELECTIONS.

         The Board of Directors or Chairman of the meeting and  stockholders may
appoint one or more  inspectors  to count and  tabulate the votes and to perform
such other acts or duties as may be  requested  by the  Chairman  or required by
law. On request of the Chairman of the meeting or as otherwise  required by law,
the  inspectors  shall make and execute a written  report to the Chairman of the
meeting of any facts found by them and matters determined by them. The report is
prima  facie  evidence  of the facts  stated  and of the vote  certified  by the
inspectors.

         SECTION 8.        STOCK LIST.

         A complete  list of  stockholders  entitled  to vote at any  meeting of
stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing
the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares  registered in his
or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such  stockholder,  for any
purpose germane to the meeting,  during ordinary  business hours for a period of
at least  ten  (10)  days  prior to the  meeting,  either  at the  Corporation's

                                       2
<PAGE>

principal  place of business or at a place  within the city where the meeting is
to be held,  which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting,  or if
not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

         The stock list shall  also be kept at the place of the  meeting  during
the  whole  time  thereof  and  shall  be open to the  examination  of any  such
stockholder who is present. This list shall presumptively determine the identity
of the  stockholders  entitled  to vote at the  meeting and the number of shares
held by each of them.

         SECTION 9.        CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING.

         Any action  required  to be taken at any  annual or special  meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation,  or any action which may be taken at any annual
or special meeting of the stockholders,  may be taken without a meeting, without
prior  notice and without a vote,  if a consent or consents in writing,  setting
forth the action so taken,  shall be signed by the holders of outstanding  stock
having not less than the  minimum  number of votes that  would be  necessary  to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares  entitled to vote
thereon  were present and voted and shall be  delivered  to the  Corporation  by
delivery to its registered office in Delaware,  its principal place of business,
or an officer or agent of the  Corporation  having  custody of the book in which
proceedings  of meetings of  stockholders  are  recorded.  Delivery  made to the
Corporation's  registered  office  shall  be made by  hand  or by  certified  or
registered mail, return receipt requested.

         Every  written  consent  shall  bear  the  date  of  signature  of each
stockholder  who signs the consent and no written  consent shall be effective to
take the corporate action referred to therein unless,  within sixty (60) days of
the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the  Corporation,  a written
consent or consents signed by a sufficient  number of holders to take action are
delivered to the Corporation in the manner  prescribed in the first paragraph of
this Section.

                                    DIRECTORS

         SECTION 1.        NUMBER.

         The business and affairs of the Corporation  shall be managed under the
direction of the Board of Directors  which,  subject to any right of the holders
of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional  directors
under specified circumstances,  shall consist of not less than 1 nor more than 5
persons.   The  exact  number  of  directors  within  the  minimum  and  maximum
limitations specified in the preceding sentence shall be fixed from time to time
by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
total authorized number of Directors.

         SECTION 2.        TERMS.

         The  directors,  other than those who may be elected by the  holders of
any class or series of stock  having a  preference  over the Common  Stock as to
dividends or upon  liquidation,  shall be divided into three classes,  as nearly
equal in number  as  reasonably  possible,  with the term of office of the first
class to expire at the 2000 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders,  the term of office
of the second class to expire at the 2001 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the
term of office  of the third  class to  expire  at the 2002  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders.  At each Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  following  such initial
classification and election,  directors elected to succeed those directors whose
terms  expire  shall be  elected  for a term of  office  to  expire at the third
succeeding Annual Meeting of Stockholders after their election.

                                       3
<PAGE>

         SECTION 3.        NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS AND VACANCIES.

         Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of  Preferred  Stock
then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the
authorized  number of  directors  or any  vacancies  in the  Board of  Directors
resulting from death, resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,  removal from
office  or other  cause  shall be  filled by a  majority  vote of the  directors
remaining in office,  although less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall
hold office for a term expiring at the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  at which
the term of the class to which they have been  elected  expires.  No decrease in
the number of directors  constituting  the Board of Directors  shall shorten the
term of any incumbent director.

         SECTION 4.        REMOVAL.

         Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of  Preferred  Stock
then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed
from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative  vote of
the  holders  of at least 80% of the  voting  power of all of the  shares of the
Corporation  entitled to vote  generally  in the election of  directors,  voting
together as a single class.

         SECTION 5.        NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTOR CANDIDATES.

         NOMINATIONS OF CANDIDATES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS OF THE  CORPORATION
AT ANY MEETING OF  STOCKHOLDERS  CALLED FOR ELECTION OF DIRECTORS  (AN "ELECTION
MEETING") MAY BE MADE BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OR BY ANY  STOCKHOLDER  ENTITLED
TO VOTE AT SUCH  ELECTION  MEETING WHO COMPLIES  WITH THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF THIS
SECTION 4.

         NOMINATIONS  MADE BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS  SHALL BE MADE AT A MEETING
OF THE BOARD OF  DIRECTORS,  OR BY  WRITTEN  CONSENT OF  DIRECTORS  IN LIEU OF A
MEETING, NOT LESS THAN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE ELECTION MEETING. AT THE
REQUEST OF THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION  EACH PROPOSED NOMINEE SHALL PROVIDE
THE  CORPORATION  WITH SUCH  INFORMATION  CONCERNING  THEMSELVES AS IS REQUIRED,
UNDER THE RULES OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, TO BE INCLUDED IN THE
CORPORATION'S  PROXY  STATEMENT  SOLICITING  PROXIES  FOR  THEIR  ELECTION  AS A
DIRECTOR.

         NOT LESS THAN 90 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE ELECTION  MEETING IN THE
CASE OF AN ANNUAL  MEETING AND NOT MORE THAN 7 DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE OF NOTICE
OF THE MEETING IN THE CASE OF A SPECIAL MEETING,  ANY STOCKHOLDER WHO INTENDS TO
MAKE A  NOMINATION  AT THE  ELECTION  MEETING  SHALL  DELIVER  A  NOTICE  TO THE
SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION  SETTING FORTH (I) THE NAME, AGE,  BUSINESS ADDRESS
AND  RESIDENCE  ADDRESS  OF EACH  NOMINEE  PROPOSED  IN SUCH  NOTICE,  (II)  THE
PRINCIPAL  OCCUPATION OR  EMPLOYMENT  OF EACH SUCH NOMINEE,  (III) THE NUMBER OF
SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OF THE CORPORATION WHICH ARE BENEFICIALLY  OWNED BY EACH
SUCH NOMINEE,  (IV) A STATEMENT  THAT THE NOMINEE IS WILLING TO BE NOMINATED AND
(V) SUCH OTHER  INFORMATION  CONCERNING  EACH SUCH NOMINEE AS WOULD BE REQUIRED,
UNDER THE RULES OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,  IN A PROXY STATEMENT
SOLICITING PROXIES FOR THE ELECTION OF SUCH NOMINEES.

         IN THE  EVENT  THAT A PERSON IS  VALIDLY  DESIGNATED  AS A  NOMINEE  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH  PARAGRAPH  (B) OR  PARAGRAPH  (C) HEREOF AND SHALL  THEREAFTER
BECOME UNABLE OR UNWILLING TO STAND FOR ELECTION TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS,  THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS OR THE STOCKHOLDER WHO PROPOSED SUCH NOMINEE, AS THE CASE MAY
BE, MAY DESIGNATE A SUBSTITUTE NOMINEE.

         IF THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ELECTION  MEETING  DETERMINES  THAT A NOMINATION
WAS NOT MADE IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE  PROCEDURES AS SET FORTH IN THESE  BY-LAWS,
SUCH NOMINATIONS SHALL BE VOID.

         SECTION 6.        REGULAR MEETINGS.

         Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place
or places,  on such date or dates,  and at such time or times as shall have been
established  by the Board of Directors and  publicized  among all  directors.  A
notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         SECTION 7.        SPECIAL MEETINGS.

         Special  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors  shall be held  whenever
called by  direction  of the  Chairman of the Board of Directors or three of the
directors.

         SECTION 8.        NOTICE OF MEETINGS.

         The  Secretary  shall give notice of the time and place of holding each
meeting  (except for the meeting  immediately  following  the annual  meeting of
stockholders) by mailing such notice at least three (3) days before the meeting,
or by  telegraphing  the same at least two (2) days  before the  Meeting to each
Director.

         SECTION 9.        PRESENCE AT MEETING.

         A member of the  Board of  Directors  or of a  Committee  thereof,  may
participate   in  a  meeting  by  means  of  conference   telephone  or  similar
communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting can hear each other.  Participation in this manner constitutes  presence
in person at the meeting.

         SECTION 10.       QUORUM.

         A majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office,  or
of a  committee  thereof,  shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of
business, except that the Chairman of the Board and two additional members shall
constitute a quorum of the Executive  Committee of the Board of  Directors,  and
the vote of a majority of the members  present at a meeting of which a quorum is
present shall be the act of the Board of Directors or of the Committee  thereof,
except for the  amendment of the By-laws  which shall require a vote of not less
than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.

         SECTION 11.       ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.

         Action  required or  permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of
Directors,  or a  committee  thereof,  may be taken  without a  meeting,  if all
members  of the  Board of  Directors  or of the  committee  consent  thereto  in
writing. The written consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings
of the Board of Directors or  Committee.  The consent shall have the same effect
as a vote of the Board of Directors or Committee thereof for all purposes.

         SECTION 12.       ORGANIZATION.

         At all meetings of the Board of Directors  the Chairman of the Board of
Directors,  the Vice  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors,  the  President,  an
Executive Vice  President,  a Senior Vice President or a Vice  President,  or in
their absence a member of the Board to be selected by the members present, shall
preside as Chairman of the meeting.  The Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of
the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board, except that
in their  absence the Chairman of the meeting may  designate any other person to
act as secretary.

         At meetings of the Board of Directors  business  shall be transacted in
such order as from time to time the Board may determine.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         SECTION 13.       COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD.

         The Board of Directors may designate one or more Committees,  including
an  Executive  Committee,  each  consisting  of one  or  more  Directors  of the
Corporation as members and one or more Directors as alternate members, with such
power and  authority as prescribed by the By-laws or as provided in a resolution
of the Board of Directors.  Each Committee, and each member thereof, shall serve
at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 14.       COMPENSATION.

         The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each
meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for  attendance at
each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated  salary as Director.  No such
payment shall  preclude any Director from serving the  Corporation  in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of Committees of the Board
of Directors may be allowed like compensation for attending Committee meetings.

                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 1.        OFFICERS.

         The  officers  of the  Corporation  shall be a Chairman of the Board of
Directors, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board of Directors, a President, one
or more Executive Vice Presidents,  one or more Senior Vice  Presidents,  one or
more Vice  Presidents,  a Secretary,  a Treasurer and a Controller,  all of whom
shall be  subject  to the  control  of the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board of
Directors, immediately after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall select a
Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  one or more Vice  Chairmen of the Board of
Directors,  a President and one or more Executive Vice  Presidents,  Senior Vice
Presidents and Vice Presidents,  and a Secretary,  a Treasurer and a Controller.
Any two or more of the above  offices may be held by the same persons  except as
prohibited  by law,  but no  officer  shall  execute,  acknowledge  or verify an
instrument in more than one capacity if the  instrument is required by law or by
the  Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-laws to be executed,  acknowledged  or
verified by two or more officers.  The Board of Directors may select at any time
such  additional  officers or assistant  officers as they may deem desirable and
who shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

         All officers  shall be subject to removal with or without  cause at any
time by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the  members  of the  Board of
Directors then in office.

         SECTION 2.        TERM OF OFFICE.

         The  term of each  officer  shall  be  until  the  succeeding  Board of
Directors meeting immediately  following the next annual meeting of stockholders
and until his  successor is elected and qualified  unless  sooner  terminated as
provided or permitted by the By-laws or by law.

         SECTION 3.        POWERS  AND  DUTIES OF THE  CHAIRMAN  OF THE BOARD OF
                           DIRECTORS.

         The  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  shall be the chief  executive
officer  of the  Corporation  and,  subject  to the  direction  of the  Board of
Directors,  shall have the  general  management  and  control of the affairs and
business of the  Corporation;  shall preside at all meetings of shareholders and
directors;  shall  perform  all other  duties  and shall  have all other  powers
commonly incident to the office or delegated by the Board of Directors, or which

                                       6
<PAGE>

are or may at any time be  authorized  or  required  by law;  and shall,  in the
absence or incapacity of the President, perform all the duties and functions and
exercise all the powers of the President.

         SECTION 4.        VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

         The Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors  shall have such powers and
perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or be delegated
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 5.        PRESIDENT.

         The President shall be the chief  operating  officer of the Corporation
and,  subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the
Board of Directors,  shall have general charge, control and supervision over the
administration  and operations of the Corporation;  shall perform all the duties
and  functions  and  exercise  all the  powers of the  Chairman  of the Board of
Directors  in the  absence  or  disability  of the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
Directors; and shall have all other powers and perform all other duties commonly
incident to the office or delegated by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman
of the  Board of  Directors,  or which are or may at any time be  authorized  or
required by law.

         SECTION 6.        VICE PRESIDENT.

         Each Executive Vice  President,  each Senior Vice President and each of
the other Vice Presidents  shall have such powers and perform such duties as may
be assigned by the Board of  Directors  or be  delegated  by the Chairman of the
Board of Directors and the President. In case of death, disability or absence of
the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President, the powers, duties and
functions of the President  shall be temporarily  performed and exercised by the
Vice  Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors  or such one of the  Executive  Vice
Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or the Vice Presidents as shall be designated
by the Board of Directors,  or if not  designated by the Board of Directors,  by
the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.

         SECTION 7.        POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE SECRETARY.

         The   Secretary   shall  keep  the  minutes  of  all  meetings  of  the
stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and also (unless otherwise directed)
the minutes of all meetings of committees.  The Secretary shall procure and keep
in the files copies of the minutes of all meetings of stockholders and Boards of
Directors of all  corporations  which the  Corporation  controls by ownership of
stock or otherwise.  The Secretary shall attend to the giving and serving of all
notices and shall be custodian of the seal of the Corporation. The Secretary may
sign with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board
of Directors, the President or a Vice President, in the name of the Corporation,
all bonds,  contracts and  instruments of conveyance  authorized by the Board of
Directors, and when so ordered by the Board of Directors shall affix the seal of
the Corporation  thereto.  The Secretary shall have charge of all such books and
papers  as the  Board  of  Directors  may  direct;  all of  which  shall  at all
reasonable  times be open to the examination of any director upon application at
the office of the Corporation during business hours. The Secretary shall publish
promptly to stockholders  any action in respect to dividends or the allotment of
rights for subscription to securities.  The Secretary shall, in general, perform
all the duties incident to the office of the Secretary,  and shall be subject in
all matters to the control of the Board of Directors.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         SECTION 8.        ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

         The Board of Directors may appoint an Assistant  Secretary or more than
one Assistant  Secretary.  Each Assistant  Secretary  shall have such powers and
shall perform such duties as may be delegated by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 9.        POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TREASURER.

         The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds of the  Corporation.  The
Treasurer is  authorized  and empowered to receive and collect all moneys due to
the  Corporation and to receipt  therefor.  All moneys received by the Treasurer
shall be deposited to the credit of the  Corporation  with such  depositories as
may be  designated  by the Board of  Directors;  the  Treasurer  may endorse for
deposit therein, or for collection, all checks, drafts, vouchers, notes or other
obligations  drawn  to the  order  of the  Corporation  or  payable  to it.  The
Treasurer  is  authorized  to pay, by check or  otherwise,  vouchers,  payrolls,
drafts and other accounts payable when approved for payment by the Controller or
such person or persons as may be designated by the Controller  with the approval
of the  Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors  or the  President;  also to make
disbursements  which have been otherwise ordered or provided for by the Board of
Directors,  and for  dividends or stock when due and payable.  The  Treasurer is
also  authorized  to  draw  checks  against  any  funds  to  the  credit  of the
Corporation with any of its depositories;  but all checks drawn by the Treasurer
except as otherwise provided for by resolution of the Board of Directors,  shall
be  countersigned  by  the  Controller  or  such  person  or  persons  as may be
designated by the  Controller  with the approval of the Board of Directors,  the
Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors,  or the  President  from  time to time to
countersign  the same. The Treasurer  shall sign, with the Chairman of the Board
of  Directors  or the  President  or such  other  person  or  persons  as may be
designated for the purpose by the Board of Directors,  all bills of exchange and
promissory notes of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall enter regularly in the
books of the Corporation,  to be kept by the Treasurer for that purpose,  a full
and accurate account of all moneys received and paid by the Treasurer on account
of the  Corporation;  and shall render reports thereof to the Controller at such
times and in such form as the latter may  prescribe.  The  Treasurer  shall have
charge of the capital stock transfer records, ledgers and unissued and cancelled
certificates  and shall  prepare and  certify  for use at the annual  meeting of
stockholders a list,  alphabetically  arranged,  of the stockholders entitled to
vote at such meeting.  Whenever required by the Board of Directors the Treasurer
shall  render a statement of the cash and  security  accounts,  and shall at all
reasonable  times  exhibit  the  books  and  accounts  to  any  director  of the
Corporation  upon  application at the office of the Corporation  during business
hours.  The  Treasurer  shall  perform all acts  incident to the position of the
Treasurer,  and be  subject  in all  matters  to the  control  of the  Board  of
Directors.  The Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or
her duties in such sum as the Board of Directors may require.

         SECTION 10.       ASSISTANT TREASURER.

         The Board of Directors may appoint an Assistant  Treasurer or more than
one Assistant  Treasurer.  Each Assistant  Treasurer  shall have such powers and
perform such duties as may be delegated by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 11.       POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE CONTROLLER.

         The Board of Directors  shall appoint a Controller who shall  prescribe
the system of accounts.  The Controller shall have immediate charge of all books
and records of account kept in Santa Clara,  except as otherwise provided for by
resolution of the directors,  and the Controller  shall have the supervision and
direction for all other accounts of the Corporation and of any corporation which
this  Corporation  controls by ownership of stock or otherwise.  The  Controller
shall require  reports from the Treasurer and from all other officers and agents

                                       8
<PAGE>

of the Corporation  who receive or disburse funds for its account,  at such time
and in such form as the Controller may deem advisable,  showing all receipts and
disbursement for the Corporation's  account, the Controller shall be responsible
for the auditing and vouching of all  disbursements,  and shall have the custody
of all vouchers, drafts, invoices and other evidences of such disbursements. The
Controller shall maintain,  or cause to be maintained,  necessary records of the
Corporation's  personal  property so that proper accounting may be had therefor,
and may require  such  periodical  reports  from the  custodians  thereof as the
Controller  may deem  necessary.  The  Controller  shall approve for payment all
vouchers,  payrolls,  drafts and other  accounts  payable  when  authorized  and
approved by the Chairman of the Board of  Directors or the  President or by such
person or persons as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors
or the President in writing,  the Controller shall  countersign all warrants for
the  depositing of securities  in the safe deposit boxes of the  Corporation  or
their withdrawal therefrom, the Controller shall countersign all checks drawn by
the Treasurer against any funds to the credit of the Corporation with any of its
depositaries  except as  otherwise  provided for by  resolution  of the Board of
Directors;  and the Controller  may, with the approval of the Board of Directors
or of the  Chairman of the Board of Directors or the  President,  delegate  such
duties by  designation  in writing,  to one or more of his/her  assistants.  The
Controller  shall compile and maintain such accounting and  statistical  records
and data as may be  required,  and shall  prepare  and  submit to the  executive
officers and to the Board of Directors  such  periodical  and special  financial
statements as may be called for by them. The Controller  shall be subject in all
matters to the control of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 12.       ASSISTANT CONTROLLER.

         The Board of  Directors  may appoint an Assistant  Controller,  or more
than one,  each of whom shall have such powers and shall  perform such duties of
the Controller as shall be assigned by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 13.       POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE GENERAL AUDITOR.

         The Board of Directors may appoint a General Auditor who shall be under
the direction of the Chief  Financial  Officer of the  Corporation and who shall
have such powers and perform  such  duties as may be  delegated  by the Board of
Directors.  Included  among the General  Auditor's  responsibilities  may be the
review of  accounting,  financial  and  other  operations  to  assure  effective
controls and  follow-through  of policies and procedures,  the  safeguarding and
proper use of assets, the  appropriateness of financial  statements,  underlying
records  and  reports,   and  the  compliance  with  accounting   standards  and
requirements. The General Auditor shall have the right to report directly to the
Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on any matters of significance  coming
to the General Auditor's attention in the conduct of the office.


                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         SECTION 1.        CERTIFICATES OF STOCK.

         The  certificates  for shares of the capital  stock of the  Corporation
shall be in such  form as shall  be  approved  by the  Board of  Directors.  The
certificates  shall be signed by the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors or the
Vice  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  the  President,  Executive  Vice
President,  Senior Vice President or Vice President and also by the Treasurer or
the  Secretary,  and  may be  sealed  with  the  seal of the  Corporation,  or a
facsimile thereof.

         The  signatures  of the  aforesaid  officers may be  facsimiles  if the
certificate  is  countersigned  by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar
other  than  the  Corporation  or  its  employee.  The  validity  of  any  stock

                                       9
<PAGE>

certificate  of the  Corporation  signed and  executed by or in the name of duly
qualified  officers of the  Corporation  shall not be affected by the subsequent
death,  resignation,  or the ceasing for any other reason of any such officer to
hold  such  office,  whether  before or after  the date  borne by or the  actual
delivery of such certificates.

         The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby,  with the
number  of  such  shares  and  the  date  of  issue,  shall  be  entered  on the
Corporation's capital stock records.

         All certificates surrendered to the Corporation shall be cancelled, and
no new  certificates  shall be issued until the former  certificate for the same
number of shares shall have been  surrendered and cancelled  except in case of a
lost or destroyed certificate.

         The  Corporation  may treat the holder of record of any share or shares
of stock as the holder in fact thereof,  and shall not be bound to recognize any
equitable  or other claim to or interest in any such share or shares on the part
of any other  person,  whether  or not it shall  have  express  or other  notice
thereof, save as expressly provided by law.

         SECTION 2.        LOST CERTIFICATE.

         The  Corporation  may issue a new  certificate for shares in place of a
certificate  theretofore  issued by it,  alleged to have been lost or destroyed,
and the  Board of  Directors  may  require  the  owner of the lost or  destroyed
certificate,  or his legal  representative,  to give the  Corporation  a bond in
forms  satisfactory to the Corporation  sufficient to indemnify the Corporation,
its transfer  agents and  registrars  against any claim that may be made against
them on account of the alleged lost or destroyed  certificate or the issuance of
such a new certificate.

         SECTION 3.        TRANSFER OF SHARES.

         Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferable by
the owner thereof in person or by a duly authorized attorney,  upon surrender of
the certificates  therefor  properly  endorsed.  The Board of Directors,  at its
option,  may appoint a transfer  agent and  registrar,  or one or more  transfer
agents or one or more registrars, or either, for the stock of the Corporation.

         SECTION 4.        REGULATIONS.

The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and
regulations  as they may deem expedient  concerning  the issuance,  transfer and
registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

         SECTION 5.        CORPORATE SEAL.

         The Seal of the  Corporation  shall be in  substantially  the following
form:

[Seal]

         The seal of the Corporation shall be in the charge of the Secretary and
whenever used shall be attested by an officer of the Corporation. If and when so
directed by the Board of Directors, a duplicate of the seal may be kept and used
by an officer of the Corporation.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 1.        DIVIDENDS.

         Dividends upon the capital stock of the  Corporation may be declared by
the Board of  Directors  at any regular or special  meeting and may be paid from
any source permitted by law.

         SECTION 2.        FISCAL YEAR.

         The  fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall  begin on the first day of
January and terminate on the thirty-first day of December.

         SECTION 3.        VOTING OF SHARES HELD BY CORPORATION.

         Shares in another  corporation owned by the Corporation may be voted by
the  Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors,  the Vice  Chairman  of the Board of
Directors,  the  President,  any  Executive  Vice  President,  any  Senior  Vice
President, any Vice President,  Treasurer or Secretary, or by proxy appointed by
such officer unless some other person,  by resolution of the Board of Directors,
shall be appointed to vote such shares.  The  Corporation  shall not directly or
indirectly vote any shares issued by it.

         SECTION 4.        CUSTODY, SALE AND TRANSFER OF SECURITIES.

         Custody of the  Corporation's  securities  shall be with such person or
persons,  individual  or  corporate,  as from time to time may be  designated by
resolution  of the Board of  Directors.  Securities  directed to be kept in safe
deposit boxes shall be deposited and withdrawn  therefrom  only on orders issued
by the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  the Vice  Chairman of the Board of
Directors,  the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President,
a Vice President,  the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary,  the Treasurer or an
Assistant  Treasurer,  and  counter-signed  by the  Controller  or an  Assistant
Controller.  The Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  the Vice  Chairman of the
Board of Directors, the President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice
President  or any Vice  President  shall each have  power to  endorse  and/or to
deliver for sale, assignment or transfer certificates of stock or bonds or other
securities  or receipts  therefor  registered in the name of or belonging to the
Corporation,   whether  issued  by  the  Corporation  or  by  any   corporation,
government, state or municipality;  and the Board of Directors from time to time
may  confer  like power upon any other  officer,  agent or person by  resolution
fully adopted at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Every
such  endorsement  must  be  countersigned  by the  Controller  or an  Assistant
Controller.

         SECTION 5.        TAKING RECORDS OF STOCKHOLDERS.

         For the purpose of determining  stockholders  entitled to notice of and
to vote at a meeting of  stockholders or an adjournment  thereof,  or to express
consent or to dissent from a proposal  without a meeting,  or for the purpose of
determining  stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or allotment
of a right, or for the purpose of any action,  the Board of Directors shall fix,
in advance,  the record date for any such  determination of  stock-holders.  The
date  shall  not be more than 60 nor less  than 10 days  before  the date of the
meeting, nor more then 60 days before any other action.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                                     NOTICES

         SECTION 1.        NOTICES.

         Except as otherwise  specifically  provided  herein or required by law,
all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee
or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be  effectively  given by
hand delivery to the recipient thereof,  by depositing such notice in the mails,
postage  paid,  or by sending  such notice by facsimile  transmission.  Any such
notice shall be addressed to such stockholder,  director,  officer,  employee or
agent at his or her last known  address as the same  appears on the books of the
Corporation.  The time  when such  notice is  received,  if hand  delivered,  or
dispatched,  if delivered through the mails or by facsimile transmission,  shall
be the time of the giving of the notice.

         SECTION 2.        WAIVERS.

         A written  waiver of any  notice,  signed by a  stockholder,  director,
officer,  employee or agent,  whether  before or after the time of the event for
which notice is to be given,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the notice required
to be given to such stockholder,  director,  officer, employee or agent. Neither
the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

                    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         SECTION 1.        RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.

         Each  person who was or is made a party or is  threatened  to be made a
party to or is otherwise  involved in any action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether
civil, criminal,  administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"),
by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a  director  or an officer of the
Corporation  or is or  was  serving  at the  request  of  the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an  "Indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such
proceeding  is alleged  action in an official  capacity as a director,  officer,
employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer,
employee or agent shall be indemnified  and held harmless by the  Corporation to
the fullest extent  authorized by the Delaware  General  Corporation Law, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
only to the  extent  that such  amendment  permits  the  Corporation  to provide
broader  indemnification  rights  than such law  permitted  the  Corporation  to
provide  prior to such  amendment),  against  all  expense,  liability  and loss
(including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or
amounts paid in settlement)  reasonably  incurred or suffered by such indemnitee
in connection therewith;  provided, however, that, except as provided in Section
3 of this  ARTICLE  VII  with  respect  to  proceedings  to  enforce  rights  to
indemnification,   the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any  such  indemnitee  in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only
if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of
the Corporation.

         SECTION 2.        RIGHT TO ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

         The right to indemnification  conferred in Section 1 of the ARTICLE VII
shall include the right to be paid by the  Corporation  the expenses  (including
attorney's  fees)  incurred in defending  any such  proceeding in advance of its
final disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); provided, however,
that, if the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  requires,  an  advancement  of

                                       12
<PAGE>

expenses  incurred  by an  indemnitee  in his or her  capacity  as a director or
officer  (and not in any other  capacity in which  service was or is rendered by
such indemnitee,  including, without limitation,  service to an employee benefit
plan) shall be made only upon  delivery  to the  Corporation  of an  undertaking
(hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all
amounts so advanced  if it shall  ultimately  be  determined  by final  judicial
decision from which there is no further  right to appeal  (herein after a "final
adjudication")  that such  indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such
expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to
the  advancement  of expenses  conferred in Sections 1 and 2 of this ARTICLE VII
shall be contract  rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who
has ceased to be a director,  officer,  employee or agent and shall inure to the
benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators.

         SECTION 3.        RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT.

         If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this ARTICLE VII is not paid in full
by the  Corporation  within  sixty  (60)  days  after a  written  claim has been
received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of
expenses,  in which case the  applicable  period shall be twenty (20) days,  the
indemnitee  may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against the  Corporation  to
recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any
such suit, or in a suit brought by the  Corporation to recover an advancement of
expenses  pursuant  to the  terms of an  undertaking,  the  indemnitee  shall be
entitled to be paid also the expense of  prosecuting  or defending such suit. In
(i) any suit  brought by the  indemnitee  to enforce a right to  indemnification
hereunder  (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an
advancement  of  expenses)  it shall  be a  defense  that,  and (ii) in any suit
brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the
terms of undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses
upon a final  adjudication  that,  the  indemnitee  has  not met any  applicable
standard for  indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Neither  the  failure  of the  Corporation  (including  its Board of  Directors,
independent  legal counsel,  or its  stock-holders) to have made a determination
prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is
proper  in the  circumstances  because  the  indemnitee  has met the  applicable
standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, nor an
actual  determination  by the  Corporation  (including  its Board of  Directors,
independent legal counsel,  or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met
such  applicable  standard  of  conduct,  shall  create a  presumption  that the
indemnitee  has not met the applicable  standard of conduct,  or, in the case of
such a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to  indemnification  or
to an  advancement  of  expenses  hereunder,  or brought by the  Corporation  to
recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking,  the
burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be  indemnified,  or to
such  advancement of expenses,  under this ARTICLE VII or otherwise  shall be on
the Corporation.

         SECTION 4.        NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

         The  rights  to  indemnification  and to the  advancement  of  expenses
conferred  in this  ARTICLE VII shall not be  exclusive of any other right which
any person may have or hereafter  acquire under any statute,  the  Corporation's
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  By-laws,  agreement,  vote of  stockholders  or
disinterested directors or otherwise.

         SECTION 5.        INSURANCE.

         The  Corporation  may maintain  insurance,  at its expense,  to protect
itself  and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Corporation  or
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise
against any expense,  liability or loss,  whether or not the  Corporation  would

                                       13
<PAGE>

have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,  liability or loss
under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         SECTION 6.        INDEMNIFICATION   OF  EMPLOYEES  AND  AGENTS  OF  THE
                           CORPORATION.

         The Corporation may, to the extent  authorized from time to time by the
Board of Directors,  grant rights to  indemnification  and to the advancement of
expenses to any employee or agent of the  Corporation  to the fullest  extent of
the  provisions  of  this  Article  with  respect  to  the  indemnification  and
advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

         SECTION 7.        AUTOMATIC CONFORMITY TO LAW.

         The  intention  of this By-law is to provide  indemnification  with the
broadest and most inclusive coverage permitted by law (a) at the time of the act
or  omission  to be  indemnified  against  or (b) so  permitted  at the  time of
carrying  out such  indemnification,  whichever  of (a) or (b) may be broader or
more  inclusive and permitted by law to be  applicable.  If the  indemnification
permitted by law at this present time,  or at any future time,  shall be broader
or more inclusive than the provisions of this By-law, then indemnification shall
nevertheless  extend to the broadest and most inclusive  permitted by law at any
time and this By-law  shall be deemed to have been amended  accordingly.  If any
provision  or portion of this  Article  shall be found,  in any action,  suit or
proceeding,  to be  invalid  or  ineffective,  the  validity  and  effect of the
remaining parts shall not be affected.


                                   AMENDMENTS

         The stockholders or the Board of Directors of the Corporation may amend
or repeal the By-laws or adopt new By-laws. Except as otherwise required by law,
the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the vote of a majority of the
shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting shall
be required to amend or repeal the  By-laws or to adopt new  By-laws.  Except as
otherwise  required by law, the Certificate of  Incorporation  or these By-laws,
such action by the Board of Directors  requires an affirmative  vote of not less
than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.


                                       14

                                  EXHIBIT 3.06


                     CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION WITH RESPECT
                         TO THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

<PAGE>

                          CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF
                           SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK OF
                           COMPUTER MARKETPLACE, INC.

                  Acting  pursuant  to Sections  151(a) and (g) of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law, the  undersigned  hereby  certifies that the Board of
Directors of Computer  Marketplace,  Inc. (the  "Corporation") duly approved the
following  Certificate  of  Designation  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  of the
Corporation,  and that  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation
expressly  authorizes  the Board to so designate and issue one or more series of
preferred   stock.   The   designations,   powers,   preferences  and  relative,
participating,  optional  or  other  special  rights,  and  the  qualifications,
limitations  and  restrictions  thereof in respect of the Preferred Stock are as
follows:

         1.       NUMBER  OF  SHARES;   PAR  VALUE.  The  Corporation  shall  be
authorized to issue 400,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.0001
per share (the "Preferred Stock").

         2.       DIVIDEND PROVISIONS.
The  holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock shall not be entitled to receive any
dividends,  except  when and as  lawfully  declared  by the  Company's  Board of
Directors.

         3.       LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.

         (a) In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to the rights of series of
preferred stock that may from time to time come into  existence,  the holders of
Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to receive,  prior and in  preference  to any
distribution  of any of the assets of the  Corporation  to the holders of Common
Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum
of Ten Dollars  ($10.00)  for each  outstanding  share of  Preferred  Stock (the
"Original  Issue Price").  If upon the occurrence of such event,  the assets and
funds  thus  distributed  among the  holders  of the  Preferred  Stock  shall be
insufficient  to  permit  the  payment  to such  holders  of the full  aforesaid
preferential  amounts,  then, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock
that may from time to time come into  existence,  the entire assets and funds of
the Corporation  legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably
among the holders of the  Preferred  Stock in  proportion  to the amount of such
stock owned by each such holder.

         (b) Upon completion of the  distribution  required by subsection (a) of
this Section 3 and any other distribution that may be required with respect to a
series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, all of
the  remaining   assets  of  the  Corporation   available  for  distribution  to
stockholders  shall be  distributed  among the holders of Common  Stock pro rata
based on the  number  of  shares of Common  Stock  held by each  (assuming  full
conversion of all such Preferred Stock).

         (i) For  purposes  of this  Section 3, a  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include
(unless  the  holders  of at  least  a  majority  of the  Preferred  Stock  then
outstanding shall determine  otherwise),  (A) the acquisition of the Corporation
by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related  transactions
(including,  without limitation,  any  reorganization,  merger or consolidation)
that results in the transfer of fifty percent  (50%) or more of the  outstanding
voting power of the  Corporation  (other than the  transactions  contemplated by
that  certain  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of April 21,  1999 among the
Corporation  and the  stockholders  of  E-Taxi,  Inc.);  or (B) a sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

<PAGE>

         (ii)  In any of  such  events,  if the  consideration  received  by the
Corporation  is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value.
Any securities shall be valued as follows:

                  (A)  Securities  not  subject  to  investment  letter or other
similar restrictions on free marketability are covered by (B) below:

                  (1) If traded on a  securities  exchange or through the Nasdaq
market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the
securities  on such  exchange or system  over the thirty (30) day period  ending
three (3) days prior to the closing;

                  (2) If actively  traded  over-the-counter,  the value shall be
deemed  to be the  average  of the  closing  bid or sale  prices  (whichever  is
applicable)  over the thirty (30) day period  ending three (3) days prior to the
closing; and

                  (3) If there is no active  public  market,  the value shall be
the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the
holders  of at least a  majority  of the  voting  power of all then  outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock.

                  (B)  The  method  of  valuation  of   securities   subject  to
investment  letter  or other  restrictions  on free  marketability  (other  than
restrictions  arising solely by virtue of a stockholder's status as an affiliate
or former  affiliate)  shall be to make an appropriate  discount from the market
value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair
market value thereof,  as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders
of at least a majority  of the voting  power of all then  outstanding  shares of
such Preferred Stock.

                  (iii) In the event the  requirements  of this  subsection 3(b)
are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either:

                  (A)  cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the
requirements of this Section 3 have been complied with; or

                  (B)  cancel  such  transaction,  in which  event  the  right.,
preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to
and be the same as such rights,  preferences and privileges existing immediately
prior to the date of the  first  notice  referred  to in  Subsection  3(b)  (iv)
hereof.

                  (iv) The  Corporation  shall  give  each  holder  of record of
Preferred  Stock written  notice of such  impending  transaction  not later than
twenty  (20) days prior to the  stockholders'  meeting  called to  approve  such
transaction,  or twenty  (20) days  prior to the  closing  of such  transaction,
whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final
approval of such  transaction.  The first of such  notices  shall  describe  the
material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of
this Section 3, and the  Corporation  shall  thereafter give such holders prompt
notice of any material  changes.  The  transaction  shall in no event take place
sooner than twenty (20) days after the  Corporation  has given the first  notice
provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given
notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such
periods may be  shortened  upon the written  consent of the holders of Preferred
Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar  notice rights and that
represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares
of such Preferred Stock.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         4.  CONVERSION.  The holders of Preferred  Stock shall have  conversion
rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

         (a)  RIGHT  TO  CONVERT.   Each  share  or  Preferred  Stock  shall  be
convertible,  at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of
issuance of such share at the office of the  Corporation  or any transfer  agent
for such  stock,  into such  number of fully  paid and  nonassessable  shares of
Common  Stock as is  determined  by  dividing  the  Original  Issue Price by the
Conversion Price applicable to such share,  determined as hereafter provided, in
effect on the date the certificate is surrendered  for  conversion.  The initial
Conversion Price per share for shares of Preferred Stock shall be Two and 50/100
Dollars ($2.50); provided,  however, that the Conversion Price for the Preferred
Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).

         (b)  AUTOMATIC   CONVERSION.   Each  share  of  Preferred  Stock  shall
automatically  be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion  Price
three (3) business days  following the date on which the Common Stock has a Fair
Market Value (as hereinafter  defined) of three dollars and  seventy-five  cents
($3.75). "Fair Market Value" shall mean the average closing price for the Common
Stock for three (3) consecutive  days as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, the
NASDAQ Stock Market or any stock exchange.

         (c) MECHANICS OF CONVERSION. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall
be entitled to convert  the same into  shares of Common  Stock,  he or she shall
surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office
of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred  Stock,  and shall
give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the
election to convert the same and shall state  therein the name or names in which
the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The
Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter,  issue and deliver at such
office to such holder of Preferred  Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such
holder,  a certificate or certificates  for the number of shares of Common Stock
to which such holder shall be entitled am aforesaid.  Such  conversion  shall be
deemed to have been made immediately  prior to the close of business on the date
of such  surrender of the shares of  Preferred  Stock to be  converted,  and the
person or persons  entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon
such  conversion  shall be treated  for all  purposes  as the  record  holder or
holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

         (d) CONVERSION  PRICE  ADJUSTMENT FOR CERTAIN SPLITS AND  COMBINATIONS.
The Conversion  Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from
time to time as follows:

         (i) In the  event  the  Corporation  should at any time or from time to
time after the issuance date fix a record date for the  effectuation  of a split
or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of
holders of Common  Stock  entitled to receive a dividend  or other  distribution
payable in additional shares of Common Stock,  additional shares of Common Stock
(hereinafter  referred to as "Common Stock Equivalents")  without payment of any
consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock, then, as
of such  record  date  (or the  date of such  dividend  distribution,  split  or
subdivision if no record date is fixed),  the Conversion  Price of the Preferred
Stock shall be  appropriately  decreased  so that the number of shares of Common
Stock  issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in
proportion  to  such  increase  of the  aggregate  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding.

         (ii) If the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  at any time
after the issuance date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding  shares
of Common  Stock,  then,  following  the record  date of such  combination,  the
Conversion  Price for the Preferred  Stock shall be  appropriately  increased so
that the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable on  conversion of each share
of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in  outstanding
shares.

                                       3
<PAGE>

         (e) OTHER  DISTRIBUTIONS.  In the event the Corporation shall declare a
distribution payable in securities of other entities,  evidences of indebtedness
issued by the Corporation or other entities,  assets  (excluding cash dividends)
or options or rights not  referred to in  subsection 3 (d),  then,  in each such
case for the purpose of this subsection 4(e), the holders of the Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to a  proportionate  share of any such  distribution as though
they were the holders of the number of shares of common stock of the Corporation
into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date
fixed for the  determination  of the holders of Common Stock of the  Corporation
entitled to receive such distribution.

         (f) RECAPITALIZATIONS.  If at any time or from time to time there shall
be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination
or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4
or Section 3) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock
shall  thereafter be entitled to receive upon  conversion of the Preferred Stock
the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the corporation
or  otherwise,  to which a holder of Common Stock  deliverable  upon  conversion
would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate
adjustment  shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4
with  respect to the  rights of the  holders of the  Preferred  Stock  after the
recapitalization  to the end that the  provisions  of this  Section 4 (including
adjustment  of the  conversion  price  then in effect  and the  number of shares
purchasable  upon conversion of the Preferred  Stock) shall be applicable  after
that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable

         (g) NO  IMPAIRMENT.  The  Corporation  will not,  by  amendment  of its
certificate of  Incorporation or through any  reorganization,  recapitalization,
transfer  of  assets,  consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue  or  sale of
securities or any other voluntary action,  avoid or seek to avoid the observance
or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed  hereunder by the
Corporation,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of
all the provisions of this Section 3 and in the taking of all such action as may
be necessary or  appropriate  in order to protect the  conversion  rights of the
holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

         (h) NO FRACTIONAL SHARES AND CERTIFICATE AS TO ADJUSTMENTS.

         (i) No  fractional  shares shall be issued upon the  conversion  of any
share or shares of the Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock
to be issued  shall be  rounded  to the  nearest  whole  share.  Whether  or not
fractional  shares are issuable upon such conversion  shall be determined on the
basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time
converting  into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable
Upon such aggregate conversion.

         (ii) Upon the  occurrence  of each  adjustment or  readjustment  of the
Conversion Price of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation,
at its expense,  shall  promptly  compute such  adjustment  or  readjustment  in
accordance  with the terms  hereof and  prepare  and  furnish to each  holder of
Preferred Stock a certificate  setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and
showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.
The  Corporation  shall,  upon the written  request at any time or any holder of
Preferred  Stock,  furnish  or  cause  to be  furnished  to such  holder  a like
certificate  setting  forth  (A)  such  adjustment  and  readjustment,  (B)  the
Conversion  Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect,  and
(C) the  number  of shares of Common  Stock  and the  amount,  if any,  of other
property  that at the time would be received  upon the  conversion of a share of
Preferred Stock.

         (i)  NOTICES  OF  RECORD  DATE.  In  the  event  of any  taking  by the
Corporation  of a record  of the  holders  of any  class of  securities  for the
purpose of  determining  the  holders  thereof  who are  entitled to receive any
dividend  (other  than a cash  dividend)  or other  distribution,  any  right to

                                       4
<PAGE>

subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or
any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation
shall mail to each holder of  Preferred  Stock,  at least ten (10) days prior to
the date  specified  therein,  a notice  specifying  the date an which  any such
record is to be taken far the purpose of such dividend,  distribution  or right,
and the amount and character of ouch dividend, distribution or right.

         (j)  RESERVATION OF STOCK  ISSUABLE UPON  CONVERSION.  The  Corporation
shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of effecting  the  conversion of
the shares of the Preferred Stock,  such number of its shares of Common Stock as
shall  from  time  to  time  be  sufficient  to  effect  the  conversion  of all
outstanding  shares of the  Preferred  Stock;  and if at any time the  number of
authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect
the  conversion  of all then  outstanding  shares  of the  Preferred  Stock,  in
addition  to such other  remedies  as shall be  available  to the holder of such
Preferred  Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the
opinion of its counsel,  be necessary  to increase its  authorized  but unissued
shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall he sufficient  for such
purposes.

         (k) NOTICES. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to
be given to the holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock shall be deemed  given if
deposited in the United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,  and  addressed to each
holder  of  record  at  his  or  her  address  appearing  on  the  books  of the
Corporation.

         5. VOTING RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise  required by law, holders of the
Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

         6. REDEMPTION.  The Corporation shall redeem,  from any source of funds
legally available  therefor,  the Preferred Stock on such date as is three years
from the date of  issuance  of the  Preferred  Stock (the  "Series A  Redemption
Date"). The Corporation shall effect such redemption on the Original  Redemption
Date by paying in cash in  exchange  for the  shares  of  Preferred  Stock to be
redeemed  as sum  equal to  Original  Issue  Price  (as  adjusted  for any stock
dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares).

         7. PROTECTIVE  PROVISIONS.  Subject  to   the  rights  of a  series  of
preferred stock that may from time to time come into  existence,  so long as any
shares of Preferred Stock are  outstanding,  the  Corporation  shall not without
first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of
the holders of at least a majority of the then  outstanding  shares of Preferred
Stock:

         (a) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges or the shares
of Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares;

         (b) increase or decrease  (other than by redemption or conversion)  the
total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock;

         8. STATUS OF REDEEMED OR  CONVERTED  STOCK.  In the event any shares of
Preferred Stock shall be converted  pursuant to Section 4 hereof,  the shares so
redeemed  or  converted  may,  in the  discretion  of  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors, be canceled or issued by the Corporation.

                                       5

<PAGE>

                  IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  has  executed  this
Certificate of Designation this 23rd day of April, 1999.

                                              COMPUTER MARKETPLACE, INC.



                                              By: /s/ L. WAYNE KILEY
                                                 -------------------------------
                                              Name:   L. Wayne Kiley
                                              Title:  President


                                       6





                                  EXHIBIT 3.07


                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

<PAGE>


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           COMPUTER MARKETPLACE, INC.


         It is hereby certified that:

         1. The  name  of  the   corporation  is  Computer   Marketplace,   Inc.
(hereinafter called the "Corporation").

         2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation  which was filed
by the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 16, 1993, is hereby amended by
striking out Article  FIRST in its entirety  and by  submitting  in lieu of said
Article the following new Article FIRST as follows:

                      FIRST:   The   name   of  the   corporation   is
                eMarketplace,    Inc.    (hereinafter    called    the
                "Corporation").

         3. The amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  herein certified
has been duly adopted and written  consent has been given in accordance with the
provisions of Section 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

         4.  The  effective  date of the  amendment  herein  certified  shall be
September 17, 1999.

Signed and attested to on September 17, 1999.


                                           COMPUTER MARKETPLACE, INC.


                                           By /s/ L. WAYNE KILEY
                                             ---------------------------
                                                  L. Wayne Kiley
                                                 Chief Executive Officer



                                  EXHIBIT 10.01

================================================================================


                               OPERATING AGREEMENT

                              dated October 1, 1998
                                      among
                                 BEJAN AMINIFARD
                                 Managing Member
                                       and

                                MOHSEN AMINIFARD
                                   DEREK WALL

                                     Members

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                               OPERATING AGREEMENT

                                       OF

                                  TECHSTORE LLC

                  AGREEMENT, made October 1, 1998, among BEJAN AMINIFARD, having
an address  at 14  COMMERCIAL  BLVD.,  SUITE 127,  NOVATO,  CA 94949  ("Managing
Member"), and MOHSEN AMINIFARD,  having an address at 14 COMMERCIAL BLVD., SUITE
127, NOVATO, CA 94949, and DEREK WALL, having an address at 14 COMMERCIAL BLVD.,
SUITE 127, NOVATO, CA 94949 (collectively hereinafter referred to as "Members").



                              W I T N E S S E T H :

                  WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to form a limited liability
company  pursuant  to the  laws of the  State  of  California  for the  purposes
hereinafter set forth, and to establish their respective  rights and obligations
in Connection with the limited liability Company;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants set
forth  herein and other  valuable  consideration,  the receipt  and  sufficiency
hereby are acknowledged, the Managing Member and Members agree as follows:

                                  1. FORMATION

                  The  parties  hereby  confirm  that they have formed a limited
liability company (the "Limited  Liability  Company") pursuant to the provisions
of the California Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act, for the purposes
and the  period and upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set forth.  The
parties  have  caused to be filed the  Articles Of  Organization  of the Limited
Liability Company, and shall execute,  acknowledge,  swear to and file any other
documents required under applicable law.


                                     2. NAME

                  The name of the Limited  Liability  Company shall be TECHSTORE
LLC, and all business of the Limited  Liability Company shall be conducted under
said name, or such other name as the Members from time to time may determine.

<PAGE>


                                   3. PURPOSES

                  The purposes of the Limited Liability Company are to engage in
any lawful activity; and to incur indebtedness,  secured and unsecured; to enter
into  and  perform  contracts  and  agreements  of any  kind  necessary  to,  in
connection with or incidental to the business of the Limited Liability  Company;
and to carry  on any  other  activities  necessary  to,  in  connection  with or
incidental to the foregoing,  as the Managing  Member in his discretion may deem
desirable.


                              4. PLACE OF BUSINESS

                  The principal  place of business and  specified  office of the
Limited  Liability Company at which the records required to be maintained by the
Limited Liability Company under the California  Beverly-Killea Limited Liability
Company Act are to be kept shall be at 14 COMMERCIAL  BLVD.,  SUITE 127, NOVATO,
CA 94949, or at such other or additional places of business within or outside of
the State of California as the Managing  Member from time to time may designate.
The  Managing  Member  shall  notify  the  other  Members  of any  change of the
principal place of business and specified office.

                  The  Limited   Liability   Company  hereby   designates  BEJAN
AMINIFARD,  whose post office  address is 1525 INDIAN  VALLEY ROAD,  NOVATO,  CA
94947, as the Registered Agent of the Limited  Liability  Company for service or
process.  The registered office and Registered Agent may be changed from time to
time by the Managing Member by filing the prescribed  forms with the appropriate
governmental authorities.


                                     5. TERM

                  The term of the Limited  Liability  Company shall  commence on
the filing the Articles Of Organization of the Limited  Liability  Company,  and
shall  continue  until the  occurrence of an event  hereinafter  set forth which
causes the termination of the Limited Liability Company.


                            6. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

                  Except as specifically  provided in this Agreement or required
by law, no Member  shall have the right to withdraw or reduce his  contributions
to the capital of the Limited  Liability  Company until the  termination  of the
Limited Liability Company.  No Member shall have the right to demand and receive
any distribution from the Limited Liability Company in any form other than cash,
regardless of the nature of such Member's capital contribution.  No Member shall
be paid interest on capital contributions to the Limited Liability Company.

                  The liability of any Member for the losses, debts, liabilities
and obligations of the Limited Liability Company shall be limited to paying: the
capital contribution of such Member when due under this Agreement; such Member's
share of any undistributed assets of the Limited Liability Company; and (only if
and to the extent at any time required by applicable law) any amounts previously
distributed to such Member by the Limited Liability Company.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                         7. LOAN AND ADVANCES BY MEMBERS

                  If any Member  shall loan or advance any fluids to the Limited
Liability  Company  in  excess  of  the  capital  contribution  of  such  Member
prescribed  herein,  such  loan  or  advance  shall  not  be  deemed  a  capital
contribution  to the  Limited  Liability  Company  and shall not in any  respect
increase such Member's interest in the Limited Liability Company.


                        8. ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                  As used in this  Agreement,  the terms "net  profits" and "net
losses" shall mean the profits or losses of the Limited  Liability  Company from
the conduct of the Limited  Liability  Company's  business,  after all  expenses
incurred in connection therewith have been paid or provided for. The net profits
or net  losses of the  Limited  Liability  Company  shall be  determined  by the
Limited Liability  Company's  accountants in accordance with generally  accepted
accounting  principles  applied  in  deterring  the  income,  gains,   expenses,
deductions  or losses,  as the case may be,  reported by the  Limited  Liability
Company for Federal income tax purposes.

                  The term "cash  receipts"  shall mean all cash receipts of the
Limited  Liability  Company from  whatever  source  derived,  including  without
limitation capital  contributions made by the Members; the proceeds of any sale,
exchange,  or other  disposition of all or any part of the assets of the Limited
Liability  Company;  the proceeds of any loan to the Limited Liability  Company;
the proceeds of any insurance policy payable to the Limited  Liability  Company;
and the proceeds  from the  liquidation  of the assets of the Limited  Liability
Company following a termination of the Limited Liability Company.

                  The  "capital  account" for each Member shall mean the account
established,  determined  and  maintained  for such  Member in  accordance  with
Section  7O4(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code and  Treasury  Regulation  Section
l.704-l(b)(2)(iv). The capital account for each Member shall be INCREASED BY (1)
the amount of money contributed by such Member to the Limited Liability Company,
(2) the fair market value of property  contributed by such Member to the Limited
Liability Company (net of liabilities secured by such contributed  property that
the Limited  Liability  Company is considered to assume or take subject to under
Section 752 of the Internal Revenue Code), and (3) allocations to such Member of
Limited Liability  Company income and gain (or items thereof),  including income
and gain exempt from tax and income and gain  described  in Trea.  Reg.  Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g),  but  excluding  income and gain  described in  subsection
(b)(4)(i) of said Regulation,  and shall be DECREASED BY (4) the amount of money
distributed to such Member by the Limited Liability Company, (5) the fair market
value of property  distributed to such Member by the Limited  Liability  Company
(net of  liabilities  secured by such  distributed  property that such Member is
considered  to assume or take  subject  to under  Section  752 of the Code)~ (6)
allocations  to such Member of  expenditures  of the Limited  Liability  Company
described in Section  705(a)(2)(B)  of the Code, and (7)  allocations of Limited

                                       3
<PAGE>

Liability  Company loss and  deduction  (Or items  thereof)  including  loss and
deduction  described in Trea. Reg. Section  1.704-(b,)(2)(iv)(g),  but excluding
items  described  in (6) above and loss or deduction  described  in  subsections
(b)(4)(i) or  (b)(4)(iii)  of said  Regulation Net profits and net losses of the
Limited Liability Company from other than capital transactions) as of the end of
any fiscal  year or other  period)  shall be  credited or charged to the capital
accounts of the Members prior to ally charge or credit to said capital  accounts
for net profits and net losses of the Limited  Liability  Company  from  capital
transactions  as of the end of such  fiscal  year or other  period.  The capital
account for each Member  shall be  otherwise  adjusted  in  accordance  with the
additional rules of Trea. Reg. Section l.7O4-l(b)(2)(iv).

                  The  term  "Members'  Percentage  Interests"  shall  mean  the
percentages set forth opposite the name of each Member below:

                       MANAGING MEMBER PERCENTAGE INTEREST

                          BEJAN AMINIFARD -- 70 percent

                        OTHER MEMBERS PERCENTAGE INTEREST

                         MOHSEN ARMINIFARD - 15 percent
                            DEREK WALL -- 15 percent

                  During each fiscal year, the net profits and net losses of the
Limited Liability Company (other than from capital transactions),  and each item
of  income,  gain,  loss)  deduction  or credit  entering  into the  computation
thereof,  shall be  credited  or  charged,  as the case may be,  to the  capital
accounts of each Member in proportion to the Members' Percentage Interests,  The
net profits of the Limited Liability Company from capital  transactions shall be
allocated in the following order of priority: (a) to offset any negative balance
in the  capital  accounts  of the  Members in  proportion  to the amounts of the
negative  balance  in their  respective  capital  accounts,  until all  negative
balances in the capital accounts have been  eliminated;  then (b) to the Members
in  proportion  to the  Members'  Percentage  Interests,  The net  losses of the
Limited  Liability Company from capital  transactions  shall be allocated in the
following order of priority:  (a) to the extent that the balances in the capital
accounts of any Members are in excess of their original  contributions,  to such
Members in proportion to such excess balances in the capital  accounts until all
such  excess  balances  have been  reduced to zero;  then (b) to the  Members in
proportion to the Members' Percentage Interests.

                  The cash  receipts of the Limited  Liability  Company shall be
applied in the  following  order of priority:  (a) to the payment by the Limited
Liability  Company  of  amounts  due on debts  and  liabilities  of the  Limited
Liability  Company  other than to any  Member,  and  operating  expenses  of the
Limited Liability  Company;  (b) to the payment of interest and amortization due
on any loan made to the  Limited  Liability  Company by any  Member;  (c) to the
establishment of cash reserves determined by the Managing Member to be necessary
or appropriate,  including without limitation  reserves for the operation of the
Limited Liability  Company's business,  taxes and contingencies;  and (d) to the

                                       4
<PAGE>

repayment  of ally loans made to the  Limited  Liability  Company by any Member.
Thereafter,  the  cash  receipts  of the  Limited  Liability  Company  shall  be
distributed among the Members as hereafter provided.

                  The cash  receipts of the Limited  Liability  Company shall be
distributed  to the  Members  from  time to time at such  times as the  Managing
Member shall determine.  It is contemplated that  distributions  will be made if
the Managing Member deems such distributions to be prudent and feasible.

                  Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement or required by
law, distributions of cash receipts of the Limited Liability Company, other than
from capital transactions, shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to
the Members' Percentage Interests.

                  Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement or required by
law, distributions of cash receipts from capital transactions shall be allocated
in the  following  order of priority'  (a) to the Members in proportion to their
respective  capital  accounts until each Member has received cash  distributions
equal to any positive balance in his capital  accounts;  then (b) to the Members
in proportion to the Members' Percentage Interests.

                  SPECIAL   ALLOCATIONS   --   Notwithstanding   the   preceding
provisions of this Article 8 the following special  allocations shall be made in
the following order:

         (1) MINIMUM GAIN  CHARGEBACK  -. Except as otherwise  provided in Trea.
         Reg.  Section  1.704.2(f),  if there is a net  decrease in  partnership
         minimum gain (within the meaning of Trea. Reg.  Sections  1.704~2(b)(2)
         and 1.704-2(d))  during any fiscal year, each Member shall be allocated
         items of the  Limited  Liability  Company  5  income  and gain for such
         fiscal year (and, if necessary,  subsequent  fiscal years) in an amount
         equal to such Member's share of the net decrease in partnership minimum
         gain,  determined in accordance  with Trea.  Reg.  Section  1.704-2(g).
         Allocations  made pursuant to the preceding  sentence  shall be made in
         proportion to the respective  amounts  required to be allocated to each
         Member  pursuant  thereto.  The  items  to be  so  allocated  shall  be
         determined in accordance with Trea.  Reg.  Sections  1.704-2(f)(6)  and
         l.7O4-2(j)(2).  This  provision  is intended to comply with the minimum
         gain chargeback  requirement in Trea. Reg. Section 1.704-2(1) and shall
         be interpreted consistently therewith.

         (2) PARTNER MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK -- Except as otherwise  provided in
         Treg. Reg. Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in partner
         nonrecourse  debt minimum gain  attributable  to a partner  nonrecourse
         debt during any fiscal year, each Member who has a share of the partner
         nonrecourse debt minimum gain attributable to such partner  nonrecourse
         debt,  determined in accordance with Treg. Reg. Section  l.704.2(i)(5),
         shall be allocated items of the Limited Liability  Company's income and
         gain for such fiscal year (and, if necessary,  subsequent fiscal years)
         in all  amount  equal to such  Member's  share of the net  decrease  in
         partner  nonrecourse  debt  minimum gain  attributable  to such partner
         nonrecourse  debt,  determined in accordance  with Treg.  Reg.  Section
         1.704-2(i)(4).  Allocations  made  pursuant to the  preceding  sentence
         shall be made in proportion to the  respective  amounts  required to be

                                       5
<PAGE>

         allocated to each Member pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated
         shall  be   determined   in  accordance   with  Trea.   Reg.   Sections
         1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2U)(2).  As used herein,  "partner  nonrecourse
         debt" has the meaning set forth in Treg. Reg. Section 1.704-2(b)(4). As
         used herein,  "partner  nonrecourse  debt  minimum  gain" shall mean an
         amount,  with respect to each partner  nonrecourse  debt,  equal to the
         partnership  minimum  gain (within the meaning of Trea.  Reg.  Sections
         1.704-2(b)(2)  and  1.704-2(d))  that  would  result  if  such  partner
         nonrecourse  debt were treated as a nonrecourse  liability  (within the
         meaning of Trea. Reg. Section  1.704-2(i)(3))  determined in accordance
         with Trea. Reg.  Section  1.704-2(i)(3).  This provision is intended to
         comply with the  minimum  gain  chargeback  requirement  in Trea.  Reg.
         Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

         (3)  QUALIFIED  INCOME  OFFSET -- In the event any Member  unexpectedly
         receives any  adjustments,  allocations or  distributions  described in
         Trea.  Reg.  Sections  1.704-1(b(2)(ii)(4),  (5) or (6),  items  of the
         Limited Liability  Company's income and gain shall be allocated to such
         Member's  amount  and manner  sufficient  to  eliminate,  to the extent
         required by the  Regulations,  any adjusted  capital account deficit in
         such Member's capital account, as quietly as possible, provided that an
         allocation  pursuant to this provision shall be made only if and to the
         extent that such Member would have an adjusted  capital account deficit
         in such Member's capital account after all other  allocations  provided
         for in this Article 8 have been  tentatively  made as if this provision
         were not in this Agreement.  As used herein,  "adjusted capital account
         deficit" shall mean the deficit balance,  if any, in a Member's capital
         account at the end of the  relevant  fiscal  year  after the  following
         adjustments:  (i)  credit to such  capital  account  the  minimum  gain
         chargeback  which the Member is  obligated  to restore  pursuant to the
         penultimate   sentences  of  Trea.  Reg.  Sections   l.704-2(g)(l)  and
         1.704-2(i)(5);  and  (ii)  debit  to such  capital  account  the  items
         described in Trea. Reg. Sections  1.704-(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5) and (6).
         This  provision  is intended to  constitute a qualified  income  offset
         within the meaning of Trea. Reg. Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall
         be interpreted consistently therewith.

         (4) GROSS  INCOME  ALLOCATION  -- In the event any Member has a deficit
         capital account at the end of any fiscal year which is in excess of the
         sum of the  amounts  such Member is deemed to be  obligated  to restore
         pursuant  to  the  penultimate   sentences  of  Trea.   Reg.   Sections
         1.704-2(g)(1)  and  1.704.2(i)(5),  each such Member shall be allocated
         items of the Limited Liability  Company's income and gain in the amount
         of such  excess as quickly as  possible,  provided  that an  allocation
         pursuant to this provision shall be made only if and to the extent that
         such Member would have a deficit in such  Member's  capital  account in
         excess of such sum after all  other  allocations  provided  for in this
         Article  8 have  been  tentatively  made as if this  provision  and the
         provisions of clause (3) above were not in this Agreement.

         (5)  NONRECOURSE  DEDUCTIONS  --  Nonrecourse  deductions  (within  the

                                       6
<PAGE>

         meaning of Trea. Reg. Section  l.704-2(b)(1)) for any fiscal year shall
         be allocated among the Members in proportion to the Members' Percentage
         Interests.

         (6)  PARTNER   NONRECOURSE   DEDUCTIONS  --  Any  partner   nonrecourse
         deductions (within the meaning of Trea. Reg Sections  1.704-2(b)(1) and
         1.704-2(b)(2)) for any fiscal year shall be allocated to the Member who
         bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the partner nonrecourse
         debt (within the meaning of Trea. Reg. Section  l.704-2(b)(4)) to which
         such partner nonrecourse deductions are attributable in accordance with
         Trea. Reg. Section 1.702(i)(1).

         (7) OTHER  MANDATORY  ALLOCATIONS -- In the event Section 704(c) of the
         Internal Revenue Code or the Regulations thereunder require allocations
         in a manner  different than that set forth above in this Article 8, the
         provisions  of Section  704(c)  and the  regulations  thereunder  shall
         control such allocations among the Members.

                 It is  the  intention  of  the  Members  that  the  allocations
hereunder  shall be deemed to have  "substantial  economic  effect"  within  the
meaning of Section  704 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code and Trea.  Reg.  Section
1.704-1.  Should the  provisions of this  Agreement be  inconsistent  with or in
conflict  with  Section  704 of the  Code or the  Regulations  thereunder,  then
Section  704 of the Code and the  Regulations  shall be deemed to  override  the
contrary  provisions  hereof.  If  Section  704 or the  Regulations  at any time
require that limited liability company operating  agreements  contain provisions
which are not expressly set forth herein,  such provisions shall be incorporated
into this Agreement by reference and shall be deemed a part of this Agreement to
the same  extent as though they had been  expressly  set forth  herein,  and the
Managing  Member shal1 be  authorized  by an  instrument in writing to amend the
terms of this Agreement to add such provisions,  and any such amendment shall be
retroactive to whatever extent required to create allocations with a substantial
economic effect.


                        9. BOOKS, RECORDS AND TAX RETURNS

                  At all times during the  continuance of the Limited  Liability
Company,  the  Managing  Member  shall  keep or  cause to be kept  complete  and
accurate records and books of account in which shall be entered each transaction
of  the  Limited  Liability  Company  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.

                  The fiscal  year of the  Limited  Liability  Company  for both
accounting  and income tax  purposes  shall be the  calendar  year.  The Limited
Liability  Company  shall  report its  operations,  net income and net losses in
accordance with the methods of accounting selected by the Managing Member.

                  The  Managing  Member  may  employ on  behalf  of the  Limited
Liability Company and at the expenses of the Limited Liability Company such firm
of certified  public  accountants as the Managing  Member in his sole discretion
deems appropriate to serve as the Limited Liability Company's accountants.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                  The books of account  shall be  audited at the  expense of the
Limited  Liability  Company by certified public  accountants  promptly after the
close of each fiscal year.

                  The  Managing  Member  shall  furnish to each  Member,  within
seventy-five  days after the end of each fiscal  year,  an annual  report of the
Limited Liability Company  (certified by the certified public accountants of the
Limited  Liability  Company) which shall include a balance as of the end of such
fiscal year; a profit and loss  statement of the Limited  Liability  Company for
such  fiscal  year;  a statement  of the balance in the capital  account of such
Member; and the amount of such Member's share of the Limited Liability Company's
income, gain, losses, deductions and other relevant items for Federal income tax
purposes.

                  The Managing  Member shall prepare or cause to be prepared all
Federal,  State and local  income tax and  information  returns  for the Limited
Liability Company,  and shall cause such tax and information returns to be filed
timely with the appropriate governmental  authorities.  Within seventy-five days
after the end of each fiscal  year,  the Managing  Member shall  forward to each
person who was a Member  during  the  preceding  fiscal  year a true copy of the
Limited Liability  Company's  information return filed with the Internal Revenue
Service for the preceding  fiscal year. The Managing  Member shall not be liable
to any Member if any taxing  authority  disallows or adjusts any  deductions  or
credits in the Limited Liability Company's income tax or information returns.

                  All elections  required or permitted to be made by the Limited
Liability  Company under the Internal Revenue Code, and the designation of a tax
matters partner pursuant to Section 6231 (a)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code for
all purposes  permitted  or required by the Code,  shall be made by the Managing
Member.  The tax matters  partner  shall take such action as may be necessary to
cause each other Member to become a notice  member within the meaning of Section
6223 of the Code. The tax matters  partner may not take any action  contemplated
by Sections  6222  through  6232 of the Code without the consent of the Managing
Member.

                  All  such  record,  books  of  account,  tax  and  information
returns,  and reports and  statements,  together  with  executed  copies of this
Agreement,  shall at all times be maintained at the principal  place of business
of the  Limited  Liability  Company,  and  shall be open to the  inspection  and
exemption of the Members or their duly authorized representatives during regular
business hours. Each Member, or a duly authorized representative of such Member,
may make copies of the Limited Liability  Company's books of account and records
at the expense of such Member.  Any Member,  at the expense of such Member,  may
conduct  an audit of the  Limited  Liability  Company's  books  of  account  and
records.

                  The  Managing  Member shall  furnish to each Member,  promptly
upon  request a current  list of the names and  addresses of all of the Managing
Member and other Members of the Limited Liability Company, and any other persons
or entities having any financial interest in the Limited Liability Company.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                  The cost of preparing  all of the  aforesaid  records,  books,
returns and other items shall be borne by the Limited  Liability  Company.  Upon
request of the Managing Member,  the Members shall pay to the Limited  Liability
Company,  in  proportion  to the  Members'  Percentage  Interests,  the  cost of
preparing same, not to exceed in the aggregate $2,000 for each fiscal year.


                                10. BANK ACCOUNTS

                  All funds of the Limited  Liability Company shall be deposited
in the  Limited  Liability  Company's  name in such bank  account or accounts as
shall be  designated  by the  Managing  Member.  Withdrawals  from any such bank
accounts  shall be made only in the  regular  course of  business of the Limited
Liability  Company and shall be made upon such  signature or  signatures  as the
Managing Member from time to time may designate.


                 11. MANAGEMENT OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

                  The  Members  hereby  designate  BEJAN  ARMINIFARD,  having an
address  at 14  COMMERCIAL,  BLVD.,  SUITE  127,  NOVATO,  CA  94949 to serve as
Managing Member for the Limited Liability Company.

                  The business and affairs of the Limited  Liability Company all
be conducted and managed by the Managing Member of the Limited Liability Company
in accordance with this Agreement and the laws of California.

                  At any  time  there  is more  than one  Managing  Member,  any
difference  arising as to any matter  within the  authority of Managing  Members
shall be decided by a majority in number of the Managing Members.

                  If at  any  time  the  Managing  Members  do not  own,  in the
aggregate, at least 20 percent of the Members' Percentage Interests,  all of the
Members  shall be Managing  Members  until such time as the  Members  duly elect
Managing  Members  who do own at least 20  percent  of the  Members'  Percentage
Interests.

                 The  Managing   Member  shall  have   responsibility   for  the
day-to-day  management  of the  business  and affairs of the  Limited  Liability
Company and shall devote such time and  attention  as the Managing  Member deems
necessary  to the  conduct and  management  of the  business  and affairs of the
Limited Liability Company.

                  The Managing  Member  hereby is given sole power and authority
to  execute  instruments  on  behalf of the  Limited  Liability  Company  and to
otherwise bind the Limited Liability Company,  Unless authorized by the Managing
Member, no other person shall have the power or authority to execute instruments
on behalf of the Limited  Liability  Company and to  otherwise  bind the Limited
Liability  Company.  No person,  firm or  corporation  dealing  with the Limited
Liability Company shall be required to investigate the authority of the Managing

                                       9
<PAGE>

Member or to secure the approval of or consummation by the Members of any act of
the Managing  Member in  connection  with the business or affairs of the Limited
Liability Company.

                  No Member,  other than the Managing  Member or his  designees,
shall have the  authority,  or shall  take any  action as a Member,  to bind the
Limited Liability Company.

                  Except  as  provided  elsewhere  in  this  Agreement,   or  by
nonwaivable  provisions of applicable law, the Managing Member shall possess and
enjoy all  rights  and powers  necessary  or  appropriate  for the  conduct  and
management  of the  business  and affairs of the Limited  Liability  Company and
hereby is authorized to make all decisions  relating to the business and affairs
of the  Limited  Liability  Company.  The  Managing  Member  may make  decisions
relating to. the purchase, sale, exchange, lease, transfer, encumbrance or other
acquisition  or  disposition of any property) for cash,  other  property,  or on
terms; the borrowing of money and the obtaining of loans. secured and unsecured,
for the Limited  Liability  Company and in connection  therewith the issuance of
notes,  debentures  and other debt  securities  and the  securing of the same by
assigning for security purposes, pledging or hypothecating all or part of assets
of the Limited Liability Company; the expenditure of the capital and receipts of
the Limited  Liability  Company in  furtherance  of the  business of the Limited
Liability  Company;  the  purchase of  equipment,  supplies  and services as the
Managing  Member deems  appropriate;  the lending or advancing of money to third
parties in connection with the business of the Limited  Liability  Company;  the
investment of funds of the Limited  Liability Company in  interest-bearing  bank
deposits)  governmental  obligations,  institutional and insured short-term debt
securities and short-term  commercial paper, pending disbursement of the Limited
Liability   Company's   funds  or  to  provide  a  source  from  which  to  meet
contingencies;  the purchase of hazard,  liability and other insurance which the
Managing  Member may deem  necessary or proper;  the  employment  of  attorneys,
accountants,  brokers,  consultants and other persons, firms and corporations to
render services to the Limited Liability Company as the Managing Member may deem
necessary or proper; the enforcement, compromise and settlement of any rights or
claims in favor of or against  the Limited  Liability  Company or any nominee of
the  Limited  Liability  Company;  and the taking of all other  actions  and the
execution and delivery of any and all other  instruments  and  agreements as the
Managing  Member may deem  appropriate  to carry out the intents and purposes of
this Agreement.

                  The  Managing  Member  may  employ on  behalf  of the  Limited
Liability  Company,  on such  terms and for such  compensation  as the  Managing
Member may determine, any persons, firms or corporations,  including accountants
and attorneys, as the Managing Member, in his sole judgment shall deem desirable
for the business and affairs of the Limited Liability Company.  Any such person,
firm or  corporation  may also be employed by the Managing  Member in connection
with any other business of the Managing Member.  The fact that any Member,  or a
member of his family or any  affiliate  of a Member,  is directly or  indirectly
interested in or connected with any person, firm or corporation  employed by the
Limited  Liability  Company or from whom the Limited  Liability  Company may buy
merchandise or services,  shall not prohibit the Managing  Member from employing
or  dealing  with such  person,  firm or  corporation  on behalf of the  Limited
Liability Company upon reasonable terms and conditions.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                  The  Managing  Member  shall  be  reimbursed  by  the  Limited
Liability Company for all direct out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managing
Member  on  behalf of the  Limited  Liability  Company  in  connection  with the
performance  of his  duties  hereunder,  including  without  'imitation  amounts
payable by the Managing  Member for office,  accounting,  bookkeeping  and other
services, materials,  facilities and professional and legal services rendered or
furnished to the Limited Liability Company.

                  Except  as  expressly  provided  in this  Agreement,  no fees,
salary  or other  compensation  shall  be paid to the  Managing  Member  for the
rendition of services to the Limited Liability Company.

                  A  Managing  Member's  duty of care  in the  discharge  of the
Managing  Member's  duties to the  Limited  Liability  Company  and the  Members
limited to refraining from engaging in grossly  negligent  conduct2  intentional
misconduct,  or a  violation  of law.  In  discharging  the duties of a Managing
Member,  the Managing  Member shall be fully  protected in relying in good faith
upon the records of the  Limited  Liability  Company and upon such  information,
opinions,  reports or statements by other Managing Members,  Members,  agents or
other persons as to matters the Managing Member  reasonably  believes are within
such person's  professional or expert  competence,  including without limitation
information,  opinions,  reports or  statements as to the value or amount of the
assets,  liabilities,  profits or losses of the Limited Liability Company or any
other  facts  pertinent  to the  existence  and  amount  of  assets  from  which
distributions to Members might properly be paid.

                  To the extent of the Limited Liability  Company's assets,  and
to the extent  permitted by law, the Limited  Liability  Company shall indemnity
and hold each Managing  Member  harmless from and against all liability,  claim,
loss, damage or expense,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees, incurred by the
Managing  Member by reason of any act or omission of the Managing Member made in
good faith on behalf of the Limited Liability Company.

                  Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement,  any
decisions which are to be made by the Members,  rather than the Managing Member,
shall be made by the  affirmative  vote or consent of Members holding a majority
of the Members' Percentage Interests.


                           12. ASSIGNMENT OF INTERESTS

                  Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  no Member or
other person holding any interest in the Limited  Liability  Company may assign,
pledge,  hypothecate,  transfer or  otherwise  dispose of all or any part of his
interest in the Limited  Liability  Company,  including  without  limitation the
capital,  profits or distributions of the Limited  Liability Company without the
prior Written consent of the other Members in each instance.

                  A Member may assign all or any part of such Member's  interest
in the allocations and  distributions of the Limited Liability Company to any of
the following (collectively the "permitted assignees") any person,  corporation,
partnership or other entity as to which the Limited  Liability Company has given

                                       11
<PAGE>

consent to the assignment of such interest in the allocations and  distributions
of the  Limited  Liability  Company  by the  unanimous  vote or  consent  of the
Members.  An assignment to a permitted assignee shall only entitle the permitted
assignee to the allocations and  distributions to which the assigned interest is
entitled,  unless such permitted  assignee  applies for admission to the Limited
Liability  Company and is admitted to the Limited  Liability Company as a Member
in accordance with this Agreement.

                  An  assignment,  pledge,  hypothecation,   transfer  or  other
disposition  of all or any  part of the  interest  of a  Member  in the  Limited
Liability  Company or other person holding any interest in the Limited Liability
Company in  violation  of the  provisions  hereof shall be null and void for all
purposes.

                  No  assignment,  transfer or other  disposition  of all or any
part of the  interest  of any  Member  permuted  under this  Agreement  shall be
binding upon the Limited  Liability Company unless and until a duly executed and
acknowledged  counterpart of such assignment or instrument of transfer,  in form
and substance  satisfactory  to the Managing  Member,  has been delivered to the
Limited Liability Company.

                  No  assignment  or other  disposition  of any  interest of any
Member may be made if such  assignment  or  disposition,  alone or when combined
with  other  transactions,  would  result  in the  termination  of  the  Limited
Liability Company within the meaning of Section 708 of the Internal Revenue Code
or under any other  relevant  section of the Code or any successor  statute.  No
assignment  or other  disposition  of any  interest  of any  Member  may be made
without an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Managing  Member  that such
assignment or disposition  is subject to an effective  registration  number,  or
exempt from the  registration  requirements of, the applicable State and Federal
securities laws. No interest in the Limited Liability Company may be assigned or
given to any  person  below  the age of 21  years  or to a  person  who has been
adjudged to be insane or incompetent.

                  Anything herein contained to the contrary, the Managing Member
and the Limited  Liability  Company shall be entitled to treat the record holder
of the interest of a Member as the absolute  owner  thereof;  and shall incur no
liability by reason of  distributions  made in good faith to such record holder,
unless and until there has been delivered to the Managing  Member the assignment
or other  instrument  of transfer and such other  evidence as may be  reasonably
required  by tile  Managing  Member  to  establish  to the  satisfaction  of the
Managing  Member that an interest has been assigned or transferred in accordance
with this Agreement.


                          13. ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS

                  The Managing  Member may admit new Members (or  transferees of
any  interests of existing  Members) into the Limited  Liability  Company by the
unanimous Vote or consent of the Managing Members.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                  As a condition to the  admission of a new Member,  such Member
shall  execute  and  acknowledge  such   instruments,   in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to the Managing  Member,  as the Managing Member may deem necessary
or desirable to effectuate  such  admission and to confirm the agreement of such
Member  to be  bound  by all of the  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this
Agreement,  as the same may have been  amended.  Such new  Member  shall pay all
reasonable  expenses  in  connection  with  such  admission,  including  without
limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and the cost of the preparation, filing or
publication of any amendment to this Agreement or the Articles Of  Organization)
which the Managing  Member may deem  necessary or desirable in  connection  with
such admission.

                  No new Member shall be entitled to any retroactive  allocation
of income,  losses, or expense deductions of the Limited Liability Company.  The
Managing  Member  may make pro rata  allocations  of  income,  losses or expense
deductions  to a new Member for that portion of the tax year in which the Member
was admitted in accordance with Section 706(d) or the Internal  Revenue Code and
regulations thereunder.

                  In no event  shall a new  Member be  entitled  to the  Limited
Liability Company if such admission would be in violation of applicable  Federal
or State  securities laws or would adversely affect the treatment of the Limited
Liability Company as a partnership for income tax purposes.


                   14. WITHDRAWAL EVENTS REGARDING MEMBERS AND
               ELECTION TO CONTINUE THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

                  In the event of the death, retirement,  withdrawal, expulsion,
or dissolution of a Managing Member, or an event of bankruptcy or insolvency, as
hereinafter defined, with respect to a Managing Member, or the occurrence of any
other event which  terminates the continued  membership of a Managing  Member in
the Limited  Liability  Company  pursuant to the laws of California (each of the
foregoing being hereinafter  referred to as a "Withdrawal  Event"),  the Limited
Liability Company shall terminate sixty days after notice to the Members of such
Withdrawal  Event  unless  the  business  of the  Limited  Liability  Company is
continued as hereinafter provided.

                  Notwithstanding  a Withdrawal Event with respect to a Managing
Member,  the Limited  Liability  Company shall not  terminate,  irrespective  of
applicable laws if within aforesaid sixty day period the remaining  Members,  by
the unanimous vote or Consent of the Members (other than the Managing Member who
caused the  Withdrawal  Event),  shall  elect to  continue  the  business of the
Limited Liability Company.

                  If,  after  Withdrawal  Event,  there  is only  one  remaining
Member,  such Member may  designate a second  Member and give the second  Member
such share of the interest of the remaining  Member as the remaining  Member may
designate,  and thereafter the two Members may elect to continue the business of
the Limited Liability Company as aforesaid.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                  In  the  event  of a  Withdrawal  Event  with  respect  to any
Managing  Member,  any successor in interest to such Managing Member  (including
without limitation any executor,  administrator,  heir, committee,  guardian, or
other  representative  or successor)  shall not become entitled to any rights or
interest of such Managing Member in the Limited  Liability  Company,  other than
the  allocations  and  distributions  to which such Managing Member is entitled,
unless such  successor  in interest is admitted as a Member in  accordance  with
this Agreement.

                  An "event of  bankruptcy  or  insolvency"  with  respect  to a
Member shall occur if such Member applies for or Consents to the  appointment of
a receiver, trustee or liquidator of all or a substantial part of his assets; or
makes a general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors;  or is  adjudicated a
bankrupt or an  insolvent;  or files a voluntary  petition  in  bankruptcy  or a
petition or an answer seeking an arrangement with creditors or to take advantage
of any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  readjustment of debt or similar law or statute,
or an answer admitting the material  allegations of a petition filed against him
in any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  readjustment of debt or similar proceedings; or
takes any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or an order,
judgement or decree shall be entered, with or without the application,  approval
or consent of such Member, by any court of competent  jurisdiction,  approving a
petition for or appointing a receiver or trustee of all or a substantial part of
the assets of such Member,  and such order,  judgment or decree  shall  continue
unstayed and in effect for thirty days.


                         15. DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

                  The  Limited   Liability  Company  shall  terminate  upon  the
occurrence of any of the  following:  the expiration of the period fixed for the
duration of the Limited Liability Company pursuant to Article 5, as the same may
be extended by the Members;  the election by the Members to dissolve the Limited
Liability  Company made by the  unanimous  vote or consent of the  Members;  the
occurrence of a Withdrawal Event with respect to a Member and the failure of the
remaining  Members to elect to continue  the  business of the Limited  Liability
Company as provided for in Article 14 above;  or any other event which  pursuant
to this Agreement shall cause a termination of the Limited Liability Company.

                  The  liquidation  of the Limited  Liability  Company  shall be
conducted and  supervised  by the Managing  Member or if there be none then by a
person  designated for such purposes by the affirmative vote or Consent 0(pound)
Members   holding  a  majority  of  the  Members'   Percentage   Interests  (the
"Liquidating  Agent").  The Liquidating Agent hereby is authorized and empowered
to execute any and all  documents  and to take any and all actions  necessary or
desirable to effectuate the dissolution and liquidation of the Limited Liability
Company m accordance with this Agreement.

                  Promptly  after  the  termination  of  the  Limited  Liability
Company,  the Liquidating  Agent shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the
Members a  statement  setting  forth the assets and  liabilities  of the Limited
Liability Company as of the date of termination.  The Liquidating  Agent, to the
extent practicable,  shall liquidate the assets of the Limited Liability Company
as promptly as possible,  but in an orderly and businesslike manner so as not to
involve undue sacrifice.

                                       14
<PAGE>

                  The  proceeds  of sale and all  other  assets  of the  Limited
Liability  Company shall be applied and  distributed  in the following  order of
priority.' (a) to the payment of the expenses of  liquidation  and the debts and
liabilities of the Limited Liability  Company,  other than debts and liabilities
to Members;  (b) to the payment of debts and liabilities to Members;  (c) to the
setting up of any reserves  which the  Liquidating  Agent may deem  necessary or
desirable for any  contingent or unforeseen  liabilities  or  obligations of the
Limited   Liability   Company,   which   reserves  shall  be  paid  over  to  an
attorney-at-law  admitted to practice in the State of California as escrowee, to
be held for a period of two years for the  purpose of  payment of the  aforesaid
liabilities and obligations, at the expiration of two year period the balance of
such reserves shall be distributed as hereinafter provided; (d) to the Member in
proportion to their  respective  capital accounts until each Member has received
cash  distribution  equal to any  positive  balance in his capital  account,  in
accordance   with  the   rules   and   requirements   of  Trea.   Reg.   Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b);  and (e) to the  Members  in  proportion  to the  Members'
Percentage Interests.

                  The  liquidation  shall be complete within the period required
by Trea. Reg. Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(b).

                  If  the  Liquidating  Agent  shall  determine  that  it is not
practicable to liquidate all of the assets of the Limited Liability Company, the
Liquidating  Agent may retain  assets  having a fair  market  value equal to the
amount by which the net  proceeds  of  liquidated  assets  are  insufficient  to
satisfy  the debts  and  liabilities  referred  to  above.  If, in the  absolute
judgement of the  Liquidating  Agent,  it is not feasible to  distribute to each
Member his proportionate share of each asset, the Liquidating Agent may allocate
and  distribute  specific  assets to one or more  Member  in such  manner as the
Liquidating  Agent  shall  determine  to be  fair  and  equitable,  taking  into
consideration the basis for tax purposes of each asset.

                  Upon compliance with the distribution  plan, the Members shall
cease to be such, and the Managing  Member shall execute,  acknowledge and cause
to be filed such  certificates  and other  instruments  as may be  necessary  or
appropriate to evidence the dissolution and termination of the Limited Liability
Company.


                         16. REPRESENTATIONS OF MEMBERS

                  Each of the Members  represents,  warrants and agrees that the
Member is  acquiring  the  interest  in the  Limited  Liability  Company for the
Member's  own  account  as an  investment  and not  with a view  to the  sale or
distribution thereof; the Member, if an individual, is over the age of 21, or if
the Member is an  organization,  such  organization is duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing  under the laws of its State of  organization  and
that it has full power and  authority  to execute and  perform  its  obligations
under this  Agreement;  and the Member shall not dispose of such interest or any
part thereof in any manner which would  constitute a violation of the Securities
Act  of  1933,  the  Rules  and  Regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  or any applicable  laws, rules or regulations of any State or other
governmental authorities, as the same may be amended.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                   17. NOTICES

                  All notices,  demands,  requests or other communications which
any of the parties to this Agreement may desire or be required to give hereunder
shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed  to have been  properly  given if sent
registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  addressed as follows:
(a) if to the Limited  Liability  Company,  to the Limited Liability Company c/o
the Managing  Member at his address first above written or to such other address
or  addresses  as may be  designated  by the  Limited  Liability  Company or the
Managing Member by notice to the Members  pursuant to this Article 17; (b) if to
the Managing  Member,  to the Managing Member at his address first above written
or to such other  address or  addresses  as may be  designated  by the  Managing
Member by notice to the Limited  Liability  Company and the Members  pursuant to
this  Article 17; and (e) if to any Member,  to the address of said Member first
above  written,  or to such other address as may be designated by said Member by
notice to the Limited  Liability  Company and the other Members pursuant to this
Article 17. Each Member shall keep the Limited  Liability  Company and the other
Members informed of such Member's current address.


                              18. POWER OF ATTORNEY

                  Each Member agrees to execute, acknowledge, swear to, deliver,
file, record and publish such further  certificates,  instruments and documents,
and do all such other acts and things as may be  required  by law, or as may, in
the opinion of the Managing  Member,  be necessary or desirable to carry out the
intents and purposes of this Agreement.

                  Each  Member,  whether a  signatory  hereto or a  subsequently
admitted Member, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Managing Member
(including any successor  Managing Member) the true and lawful  attorney-in-fact
of such Member,  and empower and authorize such  attorney-in-fact,  in the name,
place and stead of each Member, to execute,  acknowledge,  swear to and file the
Articles Of Organization and any amendments thereto, and any other certificates,
instruments  and  documents  which may be required to be executed or filed under
laws of any State or of the United  States,  or which the Managing  Member shall
deem advisable to execute or file,  including without limitation all instruments
which may be required to effectuate  the formation,  continuation,  termination,
distribution or liquidation of the Limited Liability Company.

                  It is expressly acknowledged by each Member that the foregoing
power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall  survive any  assignment
by such  Member  of such  Member  interest  in the  Limited  Liability  Company;
provided,  however,  that if such Member shall assign all of his interest in the
Limited Liability Company and the assignee shall become a substituted  Member in
accordance with this  Agreement,  then such power of attorney shall survive such
assignment  only for the purpose of  enabling  the  Managing  Member to execute,
acknowledge,  swear to and file all  instruments  necessary  or  appropriate  to
effectuate such substitution.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                  A power of attorney shall be one of the instruments  which the
Managing  Member may require a new Member to execute and  acknowledge;  however,
the power of attorney  in this  Agreement  shall be binding  upon any new Member
even in the absence of such separate power of attorney.

                  Upon the election of any new Managing  Member,  each Member at
the request of the Managing  Member shall execute and acknowledge a new power of
attorney as  provided  above  expressly  in favor of such new  Managing  Member;
however, the power of attorney provided above shall inure to the benefit of each
new  Managing  Member  even in the  absence  of such new  confirmatory  power of
attorney.


                                 19. AMENDMENTS

                  This   Agreement  may  not  be  altered,   amended,   changed,
supplemented,  waived or modified in any respect or  particular  unless the same
shall be in  writing  and  agreed to by the  unanimous  vote or  consent  of the
Members. No amendment may be made to Articles 6, 8, 12 and 15 hereof, insofar as
said  Articles  apply to the financial  interests of the Members,  except by the
vote or consent of all of the Members.  No  amendment  of any  provision of this
Agreement  relating to the voting  requirements  of the Members on any  specific
subject  shall be made without the  affirmative  vote or consent of at least the
number or percentage of Members required to Vote on such subject.


                                20. MISCELLANEOUS

                  This  Agreement and the rights and  liabilities of the parties
hereunder shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the laws of the
State  of  California  Every  provision  of this  Agreement  is  intended  to be
severable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable,
such  invalidity or  unenforceability  shall not affect the other  provisions of
this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

                  The captions in this  Agreement are for  convenience  only and
are not to be considered in construing  this  Agreement.  All pronouns  shall be
deemed to be the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity
of the person or persons may require.  References  to a person or persons  shall
include partnerships,  corporations, limited liability companies, unincorporated
associations,  trusts,  estates and other types of entities. The Managing Member
and the Members  collectively are referred to herein as the Members.  Any one of
the  Members  is  referred  to herein as a Member.  References  to the  Internal
Revenue Code shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and any
successor or superseding Federal revenue statute.

                  This Agreement,  and any amendments  hereto may be executed in
counterparts all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement.

                  This Agreement sets forth the entire  agreement of the parties
hereto with respect to the subject  matter  hereof.  It is the  intention of the

                                       17
<PAGE>

Members  that  this  Agreement  shall be the sole  source  of  agreement  of the
parties,  and,  except to the extent a provision of this Agreement  provides for
the  incorporation  of Federal  income tax rules or is expressly  prohibited  or
ineffective under the California  Beverly-Killea  Limited Liability Company Act,
this Agreement shall govern even when inconsistent  with, or different from, the
provisions  of any  applicable  law or rule. To the extent any provision of this
Agreement  is  prohibited  or  otherwise   ineffective   under  the   California
Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act, such provision shall be considered
to be  ineffective  to the  smallest  degree  possible  in  order  to make  this
Agreement  effective  under  the  California  Beverly-Killea  Limited  Liability
Company Act. If the California  Beverly-Killea  Limited Liability Company Act is
subsequently  amended or interpreted in such a way to make any prevision of this
Agreement that was formerly invalid valid, such provision shall be considered to
be valid from the effective date of such interpretation or amendment.

                  Subject  to  the  limitations  on  transferability   contained
herein,  this  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties  hereto  and  to  their  respective  heirs,  executors,  administrators,
successors and assigns.

                  No  provision  of this  Agreement  is  intended  to be for the
benefit of or enforceable by any third party.


                                       18
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement on the date first above written.

IN THE PRESENCE OF:


                                                   /s/ BEJAN AMINIFARD
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                       BEJAN AMINIFARD


- -----------------------------



- -----------------------------


IN THE PRESENCE OF:


                                                   /s/ MOSHEN AMINIFARD
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                       MOSHEN AMINIFARD



- -----------------------------



- -----------------------------

                                                   /s/ DEREK WALL
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                       DEREK WALL


- -----------------------------



- -----------------------------

                                       19




                             EXHIBIT 10.04


           CONSULTING AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 1999,
               BETWEEN E-TAXI AND GATEWAY ADVISORS, INC.

<PAGE>

GATEWAY                   675 NORTH 1ST STREET  SUITE 1050    SAN JOSE, CA 95112
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A d  v  i  s  o  r  s   408-280-0800                          fax 408-287-7761



Mr. Robert M. Wallace
President
Gateway Advisors, Inc.
255 West Julian Street
San Jose, CA 95112

Re:      CONSULTING AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Dear Mr. Wallace:

This letter will confirm  that  effective  October 1, 1998,  E-Taxi,  Inc.  (the
"Company")  has  engaged  Gateway  Advisors,  Inc.  (the  "Advisor")  to provide
consulting  and  management  services  related  to (1)  the  identification  and
evaluation  of  strategic  acquisition  candidates  (the  "Targets"),   (2)  the
negotiation  and structure of investments in or  acquisitions  of the Targets by
the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  and (3) the operations of the Company.
This engagement between the Company and the Advisor is pursuant to the following
terms and conditions.

1.       TERM.  The Advisor shall assist the Company for a period  commencing as
of October 1, 1998 and ending on September 31, 1999,  unless  extended by mutual
consent of the parties (the "Term").

2.       SCOPE OF SERVICES.  The scope of services performed by the Advisor will
include assisting the Company with respect to the following:

         a.       Conduct a search for synergistic acquisition candidates.

         b.       Conduct Market Research including the small office/home office
market, on-line sales of technology equipment, and other Internet businesses.

         c.       Assist the Company in evaluating the Targets' prospects.

         d.       Negotiate and Structure the  acquisitions or investment in the
Targets.

         e.       Assess the best  financing  alternatives  within  the  capital
markets for funding transactions with Targets.

         f.       Facilitate   discussions  with  investment  bankers  regarding
business strategy and access to public markets.


<PAGE>

         g.       Provide on-going  management  services for the Company and any
of its subsidiaries.

         h.       Provide advice on the negotiation and structure of investments
in, or acquisition of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

3.       CONFIDENTIALITY.  The Company will provide  information  to the Advisor
regarding its business which will be deemed by the Advisor to be accurate at the
time  furnished,  to the best  knowledge of the Company.  The Advisor  agrees to
maintain all non-public information the Company that is furnished by the Company
in a manner  appropriate to the services being performed by the Advisor,  unless
disclosure  is required by law or  requested  by any  government  or  regulatory
agency.

4.       COMPENSATION.

         a.       CONSULTING  FEE.  The  Company  agrees  to pay the  Advisor  a
consulting fee in the amount of $30,000 per quarter, beginning October 1, 1998.

         b.       EXPENSES.   The  Company  agrees  to  reimburse  the  Advisor,
promptly upon invoicing,  for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with
the services rendered  pursuant to this Engagement  Letter,  provided,  however,
that out-of-pocket expenses in excess of $10,000, in the aggregate,  are subject
to the Company's prior written approval.

5.       INDEMNIFICATION.  The Company  agrees to indemnify  the Advisor and its
employees from and against all losses,  claims, damages and liabilities to which
the Advisor may become  subject  under any  applicable  federal or state law, or
otherwise,  related to or arising out of the engagement of the Advisor  pursuant
to, and the  performance  by the Advisor of the services  contemplated  by, this
Engagement  Letter.  The Company will not be liable to the extent that any loss,
claim,  damage,  liability or expense has resulted from the Advisor's bad faith,
gross negligence or misrepresentation.

If any action or proceeding  shall be brought or asserted against the Advisor in
respect of which  indemnity  may be sought from the Company,  the Advisor  shall
promptly notify the Company in writing,  and the Company may, in its discretion,
assume the defense  therefore,  including the  employment of counsel  reasonably
satisfactory to the Advisor and the payment of related expenses.

6.       ENTIRE   AGREEMENT.   This   Engagement   Letter  reflects  the  entire
understanding of the parties with respect to this agreement.  This agreement has
been made  solely for the  benefit of the  Company  and the Advisor and no other
person shall  acquire or have any rights  under or by virtue of this  Engagement
Letter.

7.       GOVERNING LAW. This Engagement  Letter shall be governed by the laws of
the State of California.

8.       COUNTERPARTS.  This Engagement  Letter may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  including  those
sent by facsimile.

<PAGE>

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement,  please indicate by signing
below in the signature block.

                                        Sincerely,

                                        E-Taxi Inc.,
                                        a Delaware Corporation

                                        by: /s/ BRIAN P. BURNS, JR.
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Brian P. Burns, Assistant Secretary



Accepted by:

GATEWAY ADVISORS, INC.

/s/ ROBERT M. WALLACE
- --------------------------------
By: Robert M. Wallace, President



                                  EXHIBIT 10.07


         LETTER AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 1999, AMONG THE COMPANY,
                   L. WAYNE KILEY AND QUALITY ASSOCIATES, INC.

<PAGE>

                                 L. WAYNE KILEY



                                                  April 9, 1999


Computer Marketplace, Inc.
1171 Railroad Street
Corona, CA  91720
Attention: The Board of Directors

Gentlemen:

         I am  writing  to you to  confirm  our  agreement  with  respect to the
cancellation  of certain  indebtedness of Computer  Marketplace,  Inc. to me and
Quality Associates, Inc., a company controlled by me.

         It is my  understanding  that in exchange  for the items  listed  below
(under A,B,C, and D), I will forgive the following obligations of the Company:

         1. Waive all rights to accrued and unpaid compensation and all payments
(in cash ,  securities  or  otherwise)  that may be due to me under that certain
Employment  Agreement  dated October 1992 and as amended in October 1996 between
me and the Company (collectively,  the "Employment Agreement Obligations") which
amount is currently $314, 135; and

         2. Waive all rights to accrued  and unpaid  rent and all  payments  (in
cash, securities or otherwise) that are or may become due to Quality Associates,
Inc. under that certain  Commercial Lease dated December 1, 1997 between Quality
Associates and the Company  (collectively,  the "Lease  Agreement  Obligations")
which amount is currently $64,536; and

         3. Except for the Company's  obligations  under this letter  agreement,
waive all rights to receive  any  payments  by the  Company  under  rights I may
possess   contractually   or  under  federal,   state,   or  local  law  ("Other
Obligations").

         In exchange for my waiver of the Employment Agreement Obligations,  the
Lease Obligations, and the Other Obligations, the Company agrees as follows:

         A. That the following options (the "LWK Options") to purchase shares of
the  Company's  Common  Stock have been  validly  issued,  are in full force and
effect and the  Company  agrees  upon valid  exercise  to issue the  appropriate
number of shares:

         (i) options to purchase 661,667 shares of the Company's common stock at
an exercise price of $.60 per share at any time prior to December 31, 2001; and


<PAGE>

         (ii) options to purchase 29,167 shares of the Company's common stock at
an exercise price of $.60 per share at any time prior to January 2, 2000.

         (iii) options to purchase  100,000 shares of the Company's common stock
at an exercise price of $.60 per share at any time prior to December 31, 2002.

         B. That the following  options (the "Other Options") to purchase shares
of the Company's  Common Stock have been validly  issued,  are in full force and
effect and the  Company  agrees  upon valid  exercise  to issue the  appropriate
number of shares:

NAME OF OPTIONHOLDER       NUMBER OF OPTIONS   EXERCISE PRICE($)       EXP. DATE
- --------------------       -----------------   -----------------       ---------
Sharon Allen                    20,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Bruce Bowen                      7,500                 1.00             12/31/01
Brian Hintergardt               33,333                 1.00             12/31/01
Leon Kiley                      10,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Pat Martin                       9,500                 1.00             12/31/01
Patty O'Leary                   53,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Stephanie West                  10,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Joe Achten                      30,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Tom Evans                       30,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Berlack Israels                 40,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Bernstein & Wasserman           60,000                 1.00             12/31/01
John Mooney                     35,000                 1.00             12/31/01
Nancy Kiley                        833                 1.68             01/02/00
Joe Achten                         833                 1.68             01/02/00
Brian Hintergardt                8,333                 1.68             01/02/00
Tom Evans                          833                 1.68             01/02/00
Berlack Israels                  1,667                 1.68             01/02/00
Joe Achten                     200,000                 0.50             12/31/02

         C. That the Company  will honor the  registration  rights  described in
Exhibit A attached  hereto  with  respect to the shares  issuable  under the LWK
Options and the Other Options.

It is agreed and understood that the foregoing option holders may rely upon this
commitment to register such shares of common stock as if such individuals were a
party to this letter agreement.

         D. That the Company will transfer ownership, title and possession to me
of the office equipment and furniture listed on Exhibit B.

                                       2
<PAGE>


         If you are in  agreement  with  the  foregoing,  please  indicate  your
acceptance  of the  terms of this  letter  agreement  by  signing  in the  space
provided below:

                                            Very truly yours,


                                            /s/ L. WAYNE KILEY
                                            -------------------------------
                                            L. Wayne Kiley


Agreed to and Accepted as of the date first written above:


/s/ THOMAS EVANS
- -------------------------
Thomas Evans


abstaining
- -------------------------
Nancy Kiley

/s/ J.R. ACHTEN
- -------------------------
J.R. Achten


                                       3



                                  EXHIBIT 10.8


         CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 BY AND AMONG
     GATEWAY ADVISORS, INC., BEJAN AMINIFARD, MOSEN AMINIFARD AND DEREK WALL

<PAGE>

                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

         THIS  CONTRIBUTION  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") is entered into as of
 March 31, 1999, by and among,  Gateway  Advisors  ("Gateway"),  Bejan Aminifard
 ("Bejan"),  Mosen Aminifard ("Mosen"),  and Derek Wall ("Derek") (collectively,
 the "Contributors") and E-Taxi,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company").
 For purposes of this  Agreement,  Gateway  shall  include its  affiliates.  The
 Company  and the  Contributors  are  referred  to  collectively  herein  as the
 "Parties."


                                    RECITALS

           A.  Gateway,  Bejan,  Mosen,  and  Derek own 24%,  52%,  12% and 12%,
  respectively,  of  TechStore  LLC,  a  California  limited  liability  company
  ("TechStore"),  representing all of the ownership interest in TechStore, as of
  the date hereof.

           B. Each of the Contributors  desires to contribute to the Company his
  or  her  equity  interest  in  TechStore   (collectively,   the   "Contributed
  Interests"),  in exchange  for (i) shares of common  stock of the Company (the
  "Common Exchange  Shares");  and (ii) shares of preferred stock of the Company
  (the "Series A Preferred Stock") (together, the "Exchange Shares").

           C. The  exchange of shares of common stock (the  "Exchange")  and the
  subsequent  acquisitions  of other  e-commerce  companies  will be effected in
  preparation  for the merger of the  Company  with and into a  publicly  traded
  company (the "Roll-Up").


                                    AGREEMENT

         The Parties hereby agree as follows:


                      ARTICLE I - CONTRIBUTION AND EXCHANGE

         1.1  Exchange.   On  the  date  hereof  (the  "Exchange   Date"),   the
 Contributors shall contribute to the Company all of their respective  interests
 in TechStore and the Company shall (i) issue  480,000,  1,040,000,  240,000 and
 240,000  shares of common  stock of the  Company to Gateway,  Bejan,  Mosen and
 Derek,  respectively;  and (ii) issue 96,000, 208,000, 48,000 and 48,000 shares
 of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  to  Gateway,   Bejan,  Mosen  and  Derek,
 respectively.  The foregoing  amounts of Series A Preferred  Stock convert into
 384,000,  832,000,  192,000,  and  192,000  shares of common  stock of  E-Taxi,
 respectively.  The Series A Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences,
 privileges  and  restrictions  set  forth  in  the  Company's   Certificate  or
 Incorporation,  a  copy  of  which  is  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A.  (the
 "Certificate").  The Company's  issuance of the Common Exchange Shares, and the
 issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock to each of the Contributors,  shall be
 the sole consideration for the Contributed Interests by the Company.

          1.2 Stock Certificates. On the Exchange Date, the Seller shall deliver
 to Buyer documents  evidencing  ownership in Purchased Interest (as hereinafter
 defined).The  Company will deliver to each  Contributor  on the Exchange Date a
 duly issued and authenticated certificate evidencing the Common Exchange Shares
 and the Series A  Preferred  Stock  issuable  to such  Contributor  pursuant to
 Section 1.1.


<PAGE>

      ARTICLE 2 - CONTRIBUTORS' REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS

          Each of the Contributor's  represents,  warrants and agrees, severally
for himself or herself, as follows:

          2.1  Ownership of  Contributed  Interests  Delivered in Exchange.  All
 ownership  interests in TechStore  shall be  delivered  by the  Contributor  in
 exchange for the Exchange  Shares are owned by the  Contributor,  of record and
 beneficially,  free and clear of any pledge,  lien, security interest,  charge,
 claim,  option or  encumbrance  of any kind, and upon the delivery of documents
 evidencing such Contributed  Interests,  all of the Contributor's  right, title
 and interest in and to such Contributed  Interests shall have been contributed,
 transferred  and  assigned to the Company  free and clear of any pledge,  lien,
 security interest, charge, claim, option or encumbrance of any kind.

          2.2 Legend.  The  certificate  representing  the Exchange Shares to be
 issued to the Contributor hereunder shall bear the following legend:

 "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR
 INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY
 STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS  AND MAY BE  OFFERED,  SOLD OR  TRANSFERRED  ONLY IF SO
 REGISTERED OR IF EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS ARE AVAILABLE.
 NO TRANSFER  OF THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  MAY BE MADE
 EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
 ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"),  OR (B) IF THE COMPANY HAS BEEN  FURNISHED
 WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO
 THE COMPANY),  SATISFACTORY IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT
 THAT SUCH  TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE  PROVISIONS  OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT AND
 THE RULES AND REGULATIONS IN EFFECT THEREUNDER.

          2.3 Securities  Unregistered.  The Contributor acknowledges that he or
 she has been  advised  that (a) the  Exchange  Shares have not been  registered
 under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations
 promulgated  thereunder  (the  "Act"),  (b) the  Exchange  Shares  must be held
 indefinitely,  and the  Contributor  must continue to bear the economic risk of
 the investment in the Exchange Shares unless they are  subsequently  registered
 under the Act or an exemption from such  registration  is available,  (c) there
 currently is no public market for the Exchange Shares, (d) when and if Exchange
 Shares can be  transferred  pursuant to this  Agreement,  Rule 144  promulgated
 under  the Act is not  presently  available  with  respect  to the  sale of any
 securities  of the  Company,  and the Company has made no covenant to make such
 Rule available,  (e) when and if Exchange Shares may be disposed of pursuant to
 this Agreement  without  registration in reliance on Rule 144, such disposition
 can be made only in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions
 of such Rule,  (f) if the Rule 144  exemption  is not  available,  public  sale
 without  registration  will require  compliance with Regulation A or some other
 exemption  under the Act, (g) a restrictive  legend in the form  heretofore set
 forth  shall be placed on the  certificates  or  instruments  representing  the
 Exchange Shares, and (h) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of
 the Company  indicating that the Exchange Shares are subject to restrictions on
 transfer  and,  if the  Company  should at some time in the  future  engage the
 services of a stock transfer agent, appropriate stop transfer restrictions will
 be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Exchange Shares.

                                       2
<PAGE>

          2.4 Sales.  If any of the  Exchange  Shares are to be  disposed  of in
 accordance  with Rule 144 under the Act or  otherwise,  the  Contributor  shall
 promptly  notify the Company of such intended  disposition and shall deliver to
 the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition  such  documentation as
 the Company may  reasonably  request in  connection  with such sale and, in the
 case of a  disposition  pursuant to Rule 144,  shall  deliver to the Company an
 executed  copy  of any  notice  on Form  144  required  to be  filed  with  the
 Securities and Exchange Commission.

         2.5 Investment  Representations.  Contributor is acquiring the Exchange
Shares for  investment for his or her own account and not with a view to, or for
resale in connection with, the distribution or other  disposition  thereof.  The
Contributor  further represents and warrants that (a) Contributor has been given
the opportunity to obtain any  information or documents  relating to (and to ask
questions and receive answers about such documents) the Company and the business
and prospects of the Company which  Contributor  deems necessary to evaluate the
merits and risks related to his investment in the Exchange  Shares and to verify
the information  received;  (b) Contributor's  financial  condition is such that
Contributor  can afford to bear the  economic  risk of holding the  unregistered
Exchange  Shares for an  indefinite  period of time and has  adequate  means for
providing for his current needs and personal contingencies;  (c) Contributor can
afford to suffer a complete loss of the investment in the Exchange  Shares;  (d)
all  information  which  Contributor  has  provided  to the  Company  concerning
Contributor and his financial position is correct and complete as of the date of
this Agreement; (e) Contributor understands and has taken cognizance of all risk
factors related to the  acquisition of the Exchange  Shares;  (f)  Contributor's
knowledge  and  experience  in  financial  and  business  matters  are such that
Contributor  is capable  of  evaluating  the  merits and risks of  Contributor's
acquisition of the Exchange Shares as contemplated by this Agreement.

             ARTICLE 3 - ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS OF CONTRIBUTORS

         Each of  Bejan,  Mosen,  and Derek  represents,  warrants  and  agrees,
severally  for himself or herself,  as follows,  subject to the  Representations
Schedule attached hereto as an Exhibit and incorporated by reference:

         3.1.  President of TechStore.  Derek Wall is the duly elected President
of TechStore.

         3.2. Business. TechStore is in the business of selling computer related
equipment and software over the internet (the "Business").

        3.3.  Organization and Good Standing.  TechStore is a limited  liability
company duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
the State of California and has the corporate  power and authority to own, lease
and  operate its  properties  and to  transact  its  business as it is now being
conducted,  holds all material  franchises,  licenses and permits  necessary and
required  therefor,  and is duly  qualified or licensed to do business and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of the business conducted by
it or the ownership,  lease or operation of its properties requires a license or
qualification.

         3.4.  Consents  and  Approvals.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.4,
execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated
hereby will not: (a) violate any  provision of the Articles of  Organization  or
Bylaws of TechStore; (b) violate any statute, rule, regulation,  order or decree
of  any  public  body  or  authority  (including  governmental   self-regulatory
agencies) by which TechStore, any of its properties or assets, or the Seller may
be bound;  (c)  require  any filing  with or permit,  consent or approval of any
public body or authority (including non-governmental  self-regulatory agencies);
or  (d)result in a violation  or breach of, or  constitute  (with or without due

                                       3
<PAGE>

notice  or lapse  of time or  both) a  default  (or  give  rise to any  right of
termination,  cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms,  conditions
or  provisions  of  any  note,  bond,  mortgage,  pledge,  indenture,   license,
franchise,  permit,  agreement  or  other  instrument  or  obligation  to  which
TechStore or the Seller,  or any of the properties or assets of TechStore or any
shareholder, may be bound.

         3.5.  Capitalization.  Immediately  following the  consummation  of the
Purchase  Agreements,  by and between each of Bejan and  TechStore  and Gateway,
dated  as of the  date  hereof  (the  "Purchase  Agreements")  and  prior to the
consummation  of the  Roll-Up  Transactions,  all  the  issued  and  outstanding
Members'  interest,  on a  percentage  basis,  will be as follows:  Gateway=24%,
Bejan=52%,  Mosen=12%,  and  Derek=12%.  Since  December 1, 1998, and except for
interests issued to Gateway,  no ownership interest in TechStore has been issued
or have been  transferred  to or from  TechStore.  All  issued  and  outstanding
ownership interests in TechStore have been validly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable,  have not been  issued  in  violation  of and are not  currently
subject to, any  preemptive  rights.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.5, there
are not,  as of the date  hereof,  any  outstanding  or  authorized  convertible
securities, subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments, or any
other  agreements of any character to which TechStore is a party that,  directly
or indirectly  (i) obligate  TechStore to issue any  ownership  interests or any
securities  convertible  into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, or evidencing
the right to subscribe for any shares of capital  stock,  (ii)call for or relate
to the sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition by TechStore of its ownership
interests, or (iii)relate to the voting or control of the ownership interests.

         3.6      Financial Statements.

       (a)TechStore  has previously  provided to the Company  audited  financial
statements of TechStore  since its  inception,  including  Balance  Sheets as of
December 31, 1998,  and the related  Statements of Operations  and Statements of
Cash  Flow  for  the  year  then  ended   (collectively,   "TechStore  Financial
Statements").

      (b)TechStore  Financial  Statements  have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted  accounting  principles applied on a consistent basis (except
as may be indicated therein or in the accompanying  notes or schedules  thereto)
and fairly  present the financial  position of TechStore as of the dates thereof
and the results of operations and changes in financial position of TechStore for
then ended, subject to any other adjustments described therein.

           3.7. Status of Liabilities. Since December 1, 1998, and except as set
forth on Schedule 3.7, TechStore has paid all normal and recurring  installments
(i) of bank and  other  long  term  debt,  (ii)  under  leases  and  contractual
obligations  and (iii) any and all other  amounts due and payable to any persons
or entities. TechStore does not have any liabilities (whether absolute, accrued,
contingent,  unliquidated or otherwise)  except (a) liabilities,  obligations or
contingencies  which are  accrues or reserved  against in the  balance  sheet of
TechStore  as of December 31, 1998  ("TechStore  Balance  Sheet"),  (b) normally
recurring  liabilities incurred after the date of the TechStore Balance Sheet in
the  ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past  practice,  and (c)
liabilities  incurred after the date of the TechStore Balance Sheet not incurred
in the ordinary course of business which do not exceed $25,000.

           3.8.  Assets.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.8,  TechStore,  has
good, valid and marketable title to all of the assets,  properties (tangible and
intangible) and rights used in or related to the business as presently conducted
(the  "Assets"),  free and  clear of all  mortgages,  liens,  pledges,  security
interests,  charges,  claims,  restrictions,  and  encumbrances  of  any  nature
whatsoever ("Encumbrances"),  except for liens for current taxes not yet due and
payable.

                                       4
<PAGE>

           3.9.  Taxes and Tax  Returns.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.9,
TechStore has filed or caused to be filed on a timely basis all federal,  state,
local,  foreign and other tax returns,  reports and declarations  (collectively,
"Tax  Returns")  required  to be  filed  by  TechStore  in  connection  with the
Business.  All Tax Returns filed by or on behalf of TechStore in connection with
the Business are materially  complete in all respects.  To the knowledge of each
of  the  Contributors,   TechStore  has  paid  all  income,  estimated,  excise,
franchise,  gross receipts,  capital stock, profits, stamp,  occupation,  sales,
use,  transfer,  value  added,  property  (whether  real,  personal  or  mixed),
employment,  unemployment,  disability,  withholding,  social security, workers'
compensation  and  other  taxes,  and  interest,  penalties,  fines,  costs  and
assessments (collectively, "Taxes"), due and payable with respect to the periods
covered by such Tax Returns (whether or not reflected thereon). To the knowledge
of each of the Contributors,  there are no tax liens on any of the properties or
assets,  real, personal or mixed,  tangible or intangible,  of TechStore.  Since
January 1, 1999, TechStore has not incurred any Tax liability in connection with
the Business  other than in the ordinary  course of business.  No  deficiency in
Taxes for any period has been asserted in writing by any taxing  authority which
remains  unpaid at the date  hereof,  no written  inquiries or notices have been
received by TechStore from any taxing  authority with respect to possible claims
for Taxes,  each Contributor has no reason to believe or has knowledge that such
an inquiry or notice is pending or  threatened,  and, to the  knowledge  of each
Contributor,  there is no basis for additional  claims or assessments for Taxes.
TechStore  has not agreed to the  extension of the statute of  limitations  with
respect to any Tax Return or tax period.

           3.10. Material Changes. Since January 1, 1999 and except as set forth
in Schedule  3.10,  there has not been (i) any  material  adverse  change in the
Assets, the operations,  prospects, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Business or of TechStore,  (ii) any damage,  destruction or loss, whether or not
covered by  insurance,  affecting  the  Assets,  the  operations,  prospects  or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Business,  (iii) any material increase
in the rate of compensation  payable or to become payable by either of TechStore
to any of its  employees  engaged in the conduct of the Business or any material
increase in the rate of the amounts paid, payable or to become payable under any
bonus, insurance,  pension or other benefit plan, or any arrangement made for or
with any such  employees,  (iv) any  material  actual or  threatened  trouble or
disruption of TechStore's  relations with its agents,  customers,  or suppliers,
with respect to the Business, (v) any resignations or threatened resignations of
employees of the Business with salaries exceeding $50,000;  or (vi) any material
liability incurred with respect to the Business, other than liabilities incurred
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or any lien or
encumbrance  discharged or satisfied with respect to the Business or the Assets,
or any failure to pay or discharge  when due any  liability of which the failure
to pay or  discharge  has  caused or will cause any  material  damage or risk of
material loss to the Business or any of the Assets. There has been no amendment,
waiver or termination of any material agreement,  contract,  commitment,  lease,
plan,  permit,  authorization  or arrangement  ("Contract or License") which has
been delivered to the Company in connection  with its due diligence  review,  or
any other  Contract or License,  which  materially  relates to  TechStore or the
Business,  or any waiver of any rights of substantial  value with respect to the
Business or the Assets, whether or not in the ordinary course of business.

           3.11. Legal Proceedings; Compliance with Law.

                     (a)Except  as  set  forth  in  Schedule  3.11(a),   to  the
  knowledge  of  each  of  the  Contributors,   there  is  no  lawsuit,  action,
  arbitration,  administrative  or other  proceeding,  criminal  prosecution  or
  governmental  investigation or inquiry  ("Litigation")  that is pending or, to
  the knowledge of each of the Contributors, threatened against or related to or
  otherwise affecting TechStore, the Business, the Assets or any property leased
  or rented to TechStore.  There has been no material  Default  (defined  below)
  under any Regulations  (defined below) applicable to TechStore with respect to

                                       5
<PAGE>

  the  Business or the Assets,  including  Regulations  relating to pollution or
  protection of the environment. As used in this Agreement,  "Default" means (a)
  a breach,  default or violation,  or (b) the  occurrence of an event that with
  the  passage of time or the  giving of notice,  or both,  would  constitute  a
  breach,  default or violation.  As used in this Agreement,  "Regulation" means
  any statute, law, ordinance,  regulation, order or rule of any federal, state,
  local,  foreign or other  governmental  agency or body or of any other type of
  regulatory body, including,  without limitation, those covering environmental,
  energy,  safety,  health,  transportation,  bribery,  record keeping,  zoning,
  anti-discrimination,  antitrust,  wage and hour,  and  price and wage  control
  matters.

                     (b) Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.11(b)  and  without
  limiting the  generality  of  subsection  (a),  there has not been at any time
  since  TechStore's  inception,  or otherwise,  to the knowledge of each of the
  Contributors (i) any Environmental Condition (defined below) at or relating to
  the premises at which the Business  has been  conducted,  or at or relating to
  any  property  owned,  leased or operated  by  TechStore  (or any  predecessor
  thereof)  with respect to the  Business at any time,  or at or relating to any
  property at which wastes  generated  by  TechStore  or the Business  have been
  deposited or disposed of, nor have  TechStore  received  written notice of any
  such Environmental Condition, or (ii) any written notice received by TechStore
  that  TechStore  violated any  Regulation or  Environmental  Law governing the
  shipment or storage of hazardous  materials.  "Environmental  Condition" means
  any  condition  or  circumstance,  whether  created by  TechStore or any third
  party,  that (i) requires  abatement or correction under an Environmental  Law
  (defined  below),  (ii) is  reasonably  likely  to give  rise to any  civil or
  criminal  liability under an Environmental  Law, or (iii) is reasonably likely
  to create a public or private  nuisance,  including,  but not  limited to, the
  presence of asbestos, PCBs, hazardous substances,  radioactive waste or radon.
  "Environmental  Law"  includes  all  Statutes  and  Regulations   relating  to
  pollution or protection of the environment as well as any principles of common
  law under which a party may be held liable for the release or discharge of any
  materials into the  environment  including,  but not limited to,  nuisance and
  trespass.
                   (c) Except as set forth in Schedule  3.11(c),  TechStore  has
  obtained all governmental permits,  licenses,  registrations,  certificates of
  occupancy, approval and other authorizations (the "Governmental Permits") that
  are required for the complete  operation of the Business as presently operated
  and that if not obtained could have a material adverse effect on the Business.
  To the knowledge of each of the Contributors all of the material  Governmental
  Permits are  presently  in full force,  and, to the  knowledge  of each of the
  Contributors, no revocation, modification,  cancellation or withdrawal thereof
  has been  threatened.  TechStore  has filed such timely and  complete  renewal
  applications  as may be required  with respect to their  Governmental  Permits
  that if not obtained  would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Business.
  TechStore are in full compliance with their Governmental Permits.

                  3.12. Intellectual Property.

                     (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(a), TechStore owns
  or has the legal right to use without limitation and payment of royalties, the
  patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade names,
  licenses,  software (whether existing and under development) and other legally
  protectable rights used in the Business (the "Intellectual  Properties").  All
  the Intellectual Properties are valid and in good standing, freely assignable,
  and are subject to no material liens,  charges,  contractual rights or, to the
  knowledge of each of the Contributors,  claims or other interests of any other
  person and are  adequate  and  sufficient  to permit  TechStore to conduct the

                                       6
<PAGE>

  Business.  No rights under any patents,  inventions,  copyrights,  trademarks,
  trade  names,  licenses or other  legally  protectable  rights owned solely or
  partially by others, including directors,  officers or employees of TechStore,
  are required by TechStore in connection with the conduct of the Business,  and
  the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will not
  materially alter or impair any such rights.

                     (b) Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.12(b),  each of the
  Contributors  has no  knowledge  of, and has  received no notice to the effect
  that  any  product  TechStore  manufactures  or sells  or  distributes  or any
  services TechStore provides,  or the marketing or use by TechStore of any such
  product or service, may infringe any patent, trademark,  trade name, copyright
  or legally  protectable right of another.  All trade secrets, if any, owned or
  used by TechStore are, to the knowledge of each Contributor, owned free of any
  adverse claims, rights or encumbrances as to its exclusive rights thereto, and
  TechStore  has used  reasonable  efforts  to protect  its rights to  continued
  secrecy thereof.

           3.13.   Distributors,   Customers  or   Suppliers.   Neither  of  the
  Contributors  is aware that any customer,  distributor or supplier  intends to
  cease doing  business  with  TechStore  or to alter  materially  the amount of
  business  done  with  TechStore  due  to  consummation  of  the   transactions
  contemplated by this Agreement or any other reason.

           3.14. Real Property.

                     (a)  TechStore  operates  the  Business  on parcels of real
  property   located  at  14  Commercial   Blvd.,   Novato,   California   94949
  (collectively, the "Leased Parcels").

                     (b)  TechStore  has  not  received  written  notice  of any
  governmental  assessments  made  against the Leased  Parcels  which are unpaid
  (except any ad valorem taxes for the current tax year which are due or payable
  and not delinquent).

                     (c)  TechStore  has not received any written  notice of any
  violation of any laws, rules,  regulations or ordinances  (including,  without
  limitation, zoning and environmental laws, regulations or ordinances) relating
  to the Leased  Parcels or  requesting  or  requiring  the  performance  of any
  repairs, alterations or other work in order so to comply.

                     (d)  TechStore  has  not  received  written  notice  of any
  assessment  for public  improvements  or  otherwise  which is due and  remains
  unpaid with respect to any portion of the Leased Parcels and TechStore has not
  received any written  notice of any currently  proposed or pending  assessment
  for public improvements or otherwise with respect to the Leased Parcels.

                     (e) The plumbing, heating, electrical,  ventilation and air
  conditioning  systems,  elevator systems and all other mechanical  systems and
  equipment at the buildings and other  improvements  constituting of the Leased
  Parcels are in good working order, subject to normal wear and tear and the age
  and condition of the Leased Parcels.

                     (f)  To the  knowledge  of  each  Contributor,  the  Leased
  Parcels  (or uses to which they are put)  materially  conform in all  respects
  with all applicable zoning regulations or ordinances.

           3.15. Licenses. TechStore has the right to use all computer software,
  including all property rights constituting part of the computer software, used
  in  connection  with  and  material  to the  operation  of the  Business  (the
  "Computer Software").

           3.16. Accounts Receivable;  Inventories and Equipment.  Except as set
  forth in Schedule 3.16,  the accounts  receivable of the Business are in their
  entirety  valid  accounts  receivable,  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of
  business.  The  inventories  and equipment of the Business are in all material
  respects merchantable and fully usable in the ordinary course of business.

                                       7
<PAGE>

            3.17.  Compensation.  Each of the  Contributors  warrants  that  the
  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement will not result in any liability
  for severance or separation pay to any employee or  independent  contractor of
  the Business.

            3.18.  Employee Benefit Plans. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18,
  TechStore  does  not  maintain  or  sponsor,  nor are  they  required  to make
  contributions to, any pension,  profit-sharing,  savings,  bonus, incentive or
  deferred  compensation,  severance pay,  medical,  life insurance,  welfare or
  other employee  benefit plan.  All pension,  profit-sharing,  savings,  bonus,
  incentive or deferred  compensation,  severance pay, medical,  life insurance,
  welfare or other employee  benefit plans within the meaning of Section 3(3) of
  the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  (hereinafter
  referred to as "ERISA"),  in which the employees  participate  (such plans and
  related  trust,  insurance  and annuity  contracts,  funding media and related
  agreements  and  arrangements  being  hereinafter  referred to as the "Benefit
  Plans") materially comply with all requirements of the Department of Labor and
  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  and  with all  other  applicable  laws,  and
  TechStore  has not taken or  failed to take any  action  with  respect  to the
  Benefit Plans which might create any liability on the part of the Contributors
  or the Company.  Each  "fiduciary"  (within the meaning of Section 3(21)(A) of
  ERISA) as to each Benefit Plan has materially  complied with all  requirements
  of ERISA and all other  applicable  laws in respect of each such Benefit Plan.
  In addition:

                     (i) TechStore does not maintain,  sponsor or contribute to,
  and has never  maintained,  sponsored or contributed to, any "defined  benefit
  plan" (within the meaning of Section 3 (35) of ERISA);

                     (ii) TechStore does not maintain,  sponsor,  contribute to,
  and has never  maintained,  sponsored or  contributed  to, any  "Multiemployer
  Plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA;

                     (iii) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18(iii),  TechStore
  does not  maintain,  sponsor  or  contribute  to,  and has  never  maintained,
  sponsored or  contributed  to, any  "defined  contribution  plan"  (within the
  meaning of Section 3(34),of ERISA);

                     (iv) other than claims in the ordinary  course for benefits
  with respect to the Benefit Plans, to the knowledge of each Contributor  there
  are no actions,  suits or claims (including claims for income Taxes, interest,
  penalties, fines or excise Taxes with respect thereto) pending with respect to
  any  Benefit  Plan,  or any  circumstances  which  might give rise to any such
  action, suit or claim (including claims for income Taxes, interest, penalties,
  fines or excise Taxes with respect thereto);

                     (v) all materially  required  reports,  returns and similar
  documents  with  respect to the  Benefit  Plans  required to be filed with any
  governmental agency have been so filed on or before their due date; or

                     (vi) TechStore has no obligation to provide health or other
  welfare  benefits  to  former,  retired  or  terminated  employees,  except as
  specifically required under Section 4980B of the Code or Section 601 of ERISA.
  TechStore  has   materially   complied   with  the  notice  and   continuation
  requirements  of  Section  4980B of the Code or  Section  601 of ERISA and the
  regulations thereunder.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         3.19. Labor Relations and Employment Matters.

                    (a)  Labor  Relations.  Except  as  set  forth  in  Schedule
  3.19(a),  none of  TechStore's  employees is  represented  by any labor union.
  There  have  been no  material  violations  of any  federal,  state  or  local
  statutes,  laws,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations,  orders or directives with
  respect to the  employment of individuals  by, or the employment  practices or
  work  conditions of TechStore in connection with the Business or the terms and
  conditions of  employment or wages and hours.  Except as set forth in Schedule
  3.19(a),  TechStore,  in connection  with the Business,  is not engaged in any
  unfair labor practice or other unlawful  employment practice and there has not
  been, nor to the knowledge of each of the  Contributors is there threatened or
  contemplated  any charges of unfair labor practices or other  employee-related
  complaints or  investigations  pending or threatened  against TechStore before
  the  National  Labor  Relations  Board,   the  Equal  Employment   Opportunity
  Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission, the Internal
  Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Immigration and
  Naturalization  Service,  the  Department  of Labor,  the state or local equal
  employment  opportunity  authority,   state  department  of  labor  (or  labor
  commission or wage and hour occupational  safety and health  authority,  state
  authority),   state  workers'  compensation   authority,   state  unemployment
  insurance/  compensation authority or any other federal, state, local or other
  governmental  authority.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(a), there is no
  strike,  picketing,  slowdown,  work  stoppage,  grievance  or  organizational
  attempt  pending  against  TechStore  nor,  to the  knowledge  of  each of the
  Contributors,  threatened  against or involving  the  Business.  No issue with
  respect  to union  representation  is  pending  against  TechStore  nor to the
  knowledge  of  each  of  the  Contributors,  threatened  with  respect  to the
  employees of the Business.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(a),  no union
  or  collective  bargaining  unit or other  labor  organization  has ever  been
  certified or  recognized by the Business as the  representative  of any of the
  employees of the Business.

                     (b) No Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.19(b),
  to the best of each Contributor's knowledge, no wrongful discharge,  breach of
  contract  (written,  oral or  implied),  discrimination,  defamation  or other
  employment-related  litigation  of any kind is pending or  threatened  against
  TechStore, nor does any basis therefor exist.

                     (c)   Compliance   with  IRCA  and   COBRA.   Each  of  the
  Contributors  warrants that TechStore has complied with all  requirements  and
  regulations  under the  Immigration  Reform and Control Act of 1986  ("IRCA"),
  concerning the review, collection and retention of evidence of the legal right
  of each of TechStore's covered employees to live and work in the United States
  (including,  but not limited to, Immigration and Naturalization  Service "I-9"
  forms),  and under  Consolidated  Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act of 1985
  ("COBRA"),  concerning  providing  eligible employees and dependents notice of
  their rights to continue  group health  insurance  coverage,  if any, at rates
  permitted by COBRA in the event of certain qualifying events.

           3.20.  Increases in Compensation or Benefits.  Subsequent to December
  1, 1998 and except as set forth in Schedule 3.20, there have been no increases
  in the compensation of any TechStore's employees' current salary payable or to
  become  payable to any of the  employees of TechStore in  connection  with the
  Business  and there  have  been no  payments  or  provisions  for any  awards,
  bonuses, stock options, loans, profit sharing, pension,  retirement or welfare
  plans or similar or other  disbursements  or arrangements  for or on behalf of
  such  employees (or related  parties  thereof),  in each case,  other than (i)
  pursuant to currently existing plans or arrangements,  or (ii) as was required
  from time to time by governmental  legislation  affecting  wages.  All bonuses
  heretofore granted to employees of the Business have been paid in full to such
  employees.

           3.21.  Insurance.   TechStore,   in  connection  with  the  Business,
  maintains  insurance  policies covering all the material Assets and properties
  of the Business and the various  occurrences that may arise in connection with
  the operation of the Business.  Such policies are in full force and effect and
  no premiums are more than thirty (30) days past due. TechStore,  in connection

                                       9
<PAGE>

  with the  Business,  has  complied  with all the material  provisions  of such
  policies.  To  the  knowledge  of  each  Contributor,  such  insurance  is  of
  comparable  amounts and  coverage as that which  companies  engaged in similar
  businesses maintain in accordance with reasonable business practices.  Each of
  the  Contributors  has no knowledge  of any written  notices of any pending or
  threatened  termination  or  premium  increases  with  respect  to any of such
  policies. Neither TechStore, in connection with the Business, nor the Business
  has had any casualty  loss or  occurrence  which may give rise to any claim of
  any  kind  not  covered  by  insurance  and  each of the  Contributors  has no
  knowledge of any  occurrence  which may give rise to any claim of any kind not
  covered by insurance,  subject to a reasonable deductible. To the knowledge of
  each  Contributor,  all  claims  against  TechStore,  in  connection  with the
  Business,  or the  Business  covered by  insurance  have been  reported to the
  insurance  carrier on a timely basis.  To the  knowledge of each  Contributor,
  none of the insurance policies of TechStore,  in connection with the Business,
  or the Business will terminate or be adversely affected by the consummation of
  the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

           3.22.   Conduct  of  Business.   TechStore  is  not  restricted  from
  conducting the Business in any location by agreement or court decree.

           3.23.  Accounts  Payable,  Indebtedness,  Etc. The accounts and notes
  payable and accrued  expenses  reflected on the most recent  balance  sheet of
  TechStore and the accounts and notes payable and accrued expenses  incurred by
  TechStore in connection with the Business after the date of such balance sheet
  are in all  respects  valid  claims  that  arose  in the  ordinary  course  of
  business.  Since December 31, 1998,  the accounts and notes  payable,  accrued
  expenses and debts of the  Contributor  in  connection  with the Business have
  been paid in a manner consistent with past practice.

           3.24.  Licensure,  Etc. To the  knowledge of each  Contributor,  each
  individual  employed or contracted  with by TechStore in  connection  with the
  Business, who is required to be licensed by any governmental entity to perform
  his or her job  services is duly  licensed  to provide  such  services  and is
  otherwise in material compliance with all federal, state and local laws, rules
  and regulations  relating to such  professional  licensure and otherwise meets
  the qualifications to provide such services.

           3.25.  Books and  Records.  The books and  records of  TechStore  are
  complete and correct in all  material  respects  and have been  maintained  in
  accordance with good business practices.

           3.26.  Accuracy of Information.  No representation or warranty by the
  Contributors  in  this  Agreement  and  no  information  contained  herein  or
  otherwise delivered to the Company contains any untrue statement of a material
  fact or  omits to  state  any  material  fact  necessary  in order to make the
  statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

           3.27.  Transactions  with  Certain  Persons.  Except  as set forth in
  Schedule 3.27, none of the directors or officers of TechStore,  nor any of the
  Contributors  or  members  of  their  respective  families,  is a party to any
  transaction  with  TechStore,  including,  without  limitation,  any contract,
  agreement or other arrangement (i)providing for the furnishing of services by,
  (ii)providing  for the rental of real estate or  personal  property  from,  or
  (iii)  otherwise  requiring  payments  (other than for services as an officer,
  director or employee) to any such person or to any  corporation,  partnership,
  trust or other entity in which any such person has, directly or indirectly, an
  interest as an officer, director, trustee, stockholder or partner. There is no
  property,  tangible  or  intangible,  real or  personal,  valued  in excess of
  $10,000  which is (a) owned by any  Contributor  or member of his family,  any

                                       10
<PAGE>

  current or former officer,  director or stockholder of the Company, or persons
  not dealing with any of them at arms length,  and (b) which is presently  used
  by TechStore in connection with its business.

           3.28. No Brokers.  Neither of the  Contributors  has entered into any
  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  with any person or firm which will
  result in an  obligation  of any of the parties to this  Agreement  to pay any
  finder's fee,  brokerage  commission or similar payment in connection with the
  transactions contemplated hereby.


            ARTICLE 4 - THE COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

           As a  condition  to the  performance  by the  Contributors  of  their
  obligations  under this Agreement,  the Company hereby represents and warrants
  to the Contributors as follows as of the execution date of this Agreement:

           4.1.  Execution and Delivery.  This  Agreement has been duly executed
  and delivered by the Company and is valid and binding  obligation  enforceable
  against the Company in accordance with its terms.

           4.2.   Consents  and  Approvals.   Except  for  filings  required  by
  applicable  securities  laws,  no consent,  approval or  authorization  of, or
  declaration,  filing or registration  with, any United States federal or state
  governmental or regulatory authority is required to be made or obtained by the
  Company in connection  with the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this
  Agreement  and  the   consummation  of  the  acquisition  of  the  Contributed
  Interests.

           4.3. No Brokers. The Company has not employed,  and is not subject to
  the valid claim of, any broker,  finder,  consultant or other  intermediary in
  connection with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement who might be
  entitled to a fee or commission in connection with such transactions.

           4.4. No Conflict or Violation.  Neither the execution and delivery of
  this Agreement nor the  consummation of the sale of the Contributed  Interests
  will result in a violation  by the Company of any statute,  rule,  regulation,
  ordinance, code, order, judgment, writ, injunction, decree or award.
           4.5.  Acquisition  for Investment.  The  Contributed  Interests being
  purchased by the Company  hereunder are being purchased by the Company in good
  faith for investment for its own account and not with a view to a distribution
  or resale of any of such Contributed  Interests in violation of any applicable
  securities  laws,  subject  nevertheless  to any  requirement  at law that the
  disposition  of the  Company's  property  shall  at all  times be  within  the
  Company's control.

           4.6.  Accredited  Investor.  The Company  acknowledges  that it is an
  "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933,
  as amended (the "Securities Act").

           4.7. Legend. The certificates  representing the Contributed Interests
  to be delivered to the Company hereunder shall bear the following legend:

  "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR
  INVESTMENT  AND HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR
  ANY STATE  SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR TRANSFERRED ONLY IF SO
  REGISTERED OR IF EXEMPTIONS FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS ARE AVAILABLE.

                                       11
<PAGE>

  NO TRANSFER OF THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  MAY BE MADE
  EXCEPT  (A)  PURSUANT  TO  AN  EFFECTIVE   REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER  THE
  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR (B) IF THE COMPANY HAS BEEN
  FURNISHED  WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER  (WHICH  COUNSEL SHALL BE
  ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY), SATISFACTORY IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE TO THE COMPANY,
  TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF
  THE ACT AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS IN EFFECT THEREUNDER."

           4.8. Securities  Unregistered.  The Company  acknowledges that it has
  been advised that (a) the Contributed Interests to be delivered to the Company
  hereunder will not have been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
  amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Act"), (b)
  such  Contributed  Interests must be held  indefinitely,  and the Company must
  continue  to bear the  economic  risk of the  investment  in such  Contributed
  Interests  unless  they  are  subsequently  registered  under  the  Act  or an
  exemption from such  registration is available,  (c) there may not be a public
  market for such Contributed Interests,  (d) Rule 144 promulgated under the Act
  is not presently  available  with respect to the sale of any securities of the
  Company, and the Company has made no covenant to make such Rule available, (e)
  when and if the Contributed  Interests may be disposed of without registration
  in reliance on Rule 144, such  disposition can be made only in limited amounts
  in accordance  with the terms and conditions of such Rule, (f) if the Rule 144
  exemption  is not  available,  public sale without  registration  will require
  compliance  with  Regulation A or some other exemption under the Act and (g) a
  restrictive  legend in the form  heretofore  set forth  shall be placed on the
  certificates representing the Contributed Interests.

           4.9. Issuance of Exchange Shares.  The Exchange Shares have been duly
  authorized  by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of the Company and
  are  validly  issued,  fully  paid,  and  non-assessable,   and  each  of  the
  Contributors  will acquire  valid title to such shares,  free and clear of any
  encumbrances.

           4.10.  Stock.  All issued and  outstanding  shares of Company  Common
  Stock and the Series A Preferred  Stock have been validly issued and are fully
  paid and  non-assessable,  have not been  issued in  violation  of and are not
  currently subject to, any preemptive rights.

           4.11.  Books and  Records.  The books and  records of the Company are
  complete and correct in all  material  respects  and have been  maintained  in
  accordance with good business practices.

           4.12.  Accuracy of Information.  No representation or warranty by the
  Company in this  Agreement and no  information  contained  herein or otherwise
  delivered to the Contributors contains any untrue statement of a material fact
  or omits to state any material fact  necessary in order to make the statements
  contained herein or therein not misleading.

                ARTICLE 5 - ROLL-UP COVENANT OF THE CONTRIBUTORS

         Each   Contributor   hereby   covenants  to  the  Company  to  use  the
  Contributor's good faith,  reasonable efforts to effect the Roll-Up as soon as
  practicable.

                             ARTICLE 6 - CONDITIONS

         6.1 Conditions to Obligations of the Contributors and the Company.  The
respective obligations of each party to consummate the Exchange shall be subject
to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

                                       12
<PAGE>

(a)                        No  Injunction.  Neither the  Company  nor  TechStore
                           shall be subject any order, decree or injunction of a
                           court of  competent  jurisdiction  within  the United
                           States  which i)  prevents or  materially  delays the
                           consummation  of the  Exchange,  or (ii) would impose
                           any material limitation on the ability of the Company
                           effectively  to exercise  full rights of ownership of
                           TechStore or the assets or business of TechStore.

(b)                        No   governmental   Proceeding  or   Litigation.   No
                           investigation  and  no  suit,  action  or  proceeding
                           before any court or any  governmental  or  regulatory
                           authority shall be pending or threatened by any state
                           or  federal   governmental  or  regulatory  authority
                           against  the  Company,  TechStore,  or any  of  their
                           affiliates, associates, officers or directors seeking
                           to  restrain,  prevent  or  change  in  any  material
                           respect  the  transaction   contemplated   hereby  or
                           seeking damages in connection with such transactions.

(c)                        Consents.  TechStore shall have obtained all permits,
                           authorizations, consents and approvals referred to in
                           Section 3.4 hereof in form and substance satisfactory
                           to  such  parties,   and  they  shall  have  received
                           evidence  satisfactory to them of the receipt of such
                           permits, authorizations, consents and approvals.

(d)                        Transaction. A definitive agreement to merge with and
                           into Computer  Marketplace,  Inc. or TriStep shall be
                           executed.

         6.2 Conditions to Obligations  of the Company.  The  obligations of the
Company to consummate  the Exchange shall be subject to the  fulfillment,  at or
prior to the Closing, of the following additional conditions:

(a)                        Representations     and    Warranties    True.    The
                           representations  and  warranties of the  Contributors
                           contained  herein  shall be true and  correct  in all
                           material respects on the date of this Agreement,  and
                           (except  as  to   representations   that   specify  a
                           particular  time) on the Closing  Date as though such
                           representations  and  warranties  were  made  on that
                           date.

(b)                        Performance.  The  Contributors  shall have performed
                           and  complied  in  all  material  respects  with  all
                           agreements,  obligations  and conditions  required by
                           this  Agreement to be  performed or complied  with by
                           them on or prior to the Closing.

(c)                        Absence of Material  Adverse  Change.  Since December
                           31, 1998,  there has been no material adverse change,
                           nor the occurrence of any event reasonably  likely to
                           cause a material  adverse  change,  in the  business,
                           operations,    properties,    assets,    liabilities,
                           condition   (financial  or   otherwise),   or  future
                           prospects of the TechStore,  whether or not occurring
                           in the ordinary  course of  business,  except for any
                           change  directly  resulting  from action of TechStore
                           that was  disclosed  to the  Company and to which the
                           Company consented.

         6.3 Conditions to Obligations of the  Contributors.  The obligations of
the  Contributors to consummate the Exchange shall be subject to the fulfillment
at or prior to the Closing of the following additional conditions:

                                       13
<PAGE>

(a)                        Representations     and    Warranties    True.    The
                           representations   and   warranties   of  the  Company
                           contained  herein  shall be true and  correct  in all
                           material  respects on the date of this  Agreement and
                           on the  Closing  Date  (except as to  representations
                           that  specify  a  particular  time)  as  though  such
                           representations  and  warranties  were  made  on that
                           date.

(b)                        Performance.  The Company  shall have  performed  and
                           complied in all material respects with all agreements
                           obligations and conditions required by this Agreement
                           to be performed or complied  with by them on or prior
                           to the Closing.

                               ARTICLE 7 - CLOSING

          Subject to the  provisions  of Articles 6, the closing of the Exchange
 (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Gateway Advisors,  Inc., 675
 North 1st Street, 10th Floor, San Jose, California, at 11:00 a.m., on March 31,
 1999,  or at such  other  time and place as the  Contributors  and the  Company
 mutually  agree upon orally or in writing  (which time and place are designated
 as the  "Closing")  The date on which  the  Closing  actually  occurs is herein
 referred to as the "Closing Date."

                            ARTICLE 8 - MISCELLANEOUS

         8.1 Binding  Effect.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding
 upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs,
 legal representatives, successors and assigns.

          8.2  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may be  amended  only  by a  written
 instrument  signed by the Parties hereto which  specifically  states that it is
 amending this Agreement.

          8.3 Applicable  Law. The laws of the State of California  shall govern
 the  interpretation,  validity and  performance of the terms of this Agreement,
 regardless  of the law that might be applied  under  principles of conflicts of
 law.

          8.4 Notices. All notices and other communications  provided for herein
 shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if  delivered
 personally or sent by registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested,
 postage  prepaid,  to the Party to whom it is directed at the address set forth
 below each party's  signature,  or such other address as the Company shall have
 specified by notice in writing to the Contributors or an Contributor shall have
 specified by notice in writing to the Company.

          8.5  Recapitalizations,  etc. The provisions of this  Agreement  shall
 apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Exchange Shares,
 to any and all shares of capital  stock of the  Company or any  capital  stock,
 partnership units or any other security  evidencing  ownership interests in any
 successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger,  consolidation,  sale of
 assets or otherwise)  which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in
 substitution  of the  Common  Stock by  reason of any  stock  dividend,  split,
 reverse split, combination,  recapitalization,  liquidation,  reclassification,
 merger, consolidation or otherwise.

          8.6 Remedies.  The Parties  acknowledge that it would be impossible to
 fix money damages and that violations of this Agreement will cause  irreparable
 injury for which adequate remedy at law is not available and,  therefore,  this
 Agreement must be enforced by specific  performance or injunctive  relief.  The
 Parties agree that any Party may, in its sole discretion, apply to any court of
 competent  jurisdiction  for specific  performance  or injunctive or such other

                                       14
<PAGE>

 relief  as such  court  may deem  just and  proper  in  order to  enforce  this
 Agreement  or prevent any  violation  hereof and,  to the extent  permitted  by
 applicable law, each Party waives any objection or defense to the imposition of
 such  relief.  Nothing  herein  shall be  construed  to prohibit any party from
 bringing  any  action  for  damages  in  addition  to an  action  for  specific
 performance or an injunction for a breach of this Agreement.

          8.7 Domain Names.  The Parties hereto agree and  acknowledge  that the
 following   domain  names  are  the  personal   property  of  Bejan  Aminifard:
 Sharam.com,     mosen.com,     mohsen.com,      houtsma.com,      mswallet.com,
 techdeveloper.com,     techcompare.com,     techjournal.com,     paid2much.com,
 paidtoomuch.com,      paidtomuch.com,      msnstore.com,      intelliprice.com,
 inteliprice.com, builditbest.com, and vwallet.com.

           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Parties have executed this  Agreement as of
the date hereof.


  CONTRIBUTORS:                             E-Taxi, Inc.:


                                            By: /s/ ROBERT M. WALLACE
- -------------------------------                ---------------------------------
  Gateway Advisors Inc.                             Robert M. Wallace
                                                    President


- -------------------------------
  Bejan Aminifard


- -------------------------------
  Mosen Aminifard


- -------------------------------
  Derek Wall




                                       15



                                  EXHIBIT 10.9


                  CONSULTING AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND
                    THOMAS BROWNE DATED AS OF APRIL 26, 1999

<PAGE>

                           COMPUTER MARKETPLACE, INC.
                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS  CONTRACT is made by and between  Computer  Marketplace,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"),  and Thomas Browne (the "Consultant"),  as of April
13, 1999.

                                    RECITALS

     A. In connection  with the conduct of the Company's  business,  the Company
desires  to  acquire  the  services  of the  Consultant  in  order to serve as a
financial advisor,  providing financial  accounting expertise and evaluations of
possible acquisitions; and

     B. The  Consultant is willing to make a commitment to serve as a consultant
to the Company upon the terms and conditions contained herein.

                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual promises below, the Company
hereby engages the Consultant and the Consultant hereby accepts  engagement with
the  Company  in  accordance  with the  terms and  conditions  set forth in this
Agreement.

     1. Consulting  Services.  The Company hereby retains the Consultant and the
consultant hereby accepts such retention by Company, for the period and upon the
terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.  For  the  term of this
Agreement,  the Consultant shall serve, to the best of the Consultant's ability,
as a financial advisor to the Company.

     2.   Duties.

          (a) The  Consultant  shall serve the Company  generally as a financial
advisor,  providing  financial  accounting  services,  evaluations  of  possible
acquisitions, and such other matters relating to the Company as may be requested
by the Company from time to time. The Consultant will assist in the structuring,
negotiating, and financings of acquisitions.

          (b) Throughout  the Term (as defined  herein),  the  Consultant  shall
devote his best efforts to the  performance of his duties  hereunder in a manner
which will  faithfully  and  diligently  further the  business  interests of the
Company.  It is anticipated  that over the Term the Consultant  will devote such
time to the  performance of his duties  hereunder as is reasonably  requested by
the Company from time to time. The Company hereby  acknowledges  that his duties
under this  Agreement  will be  subordinated  to the  performance of his current
employment obligations with Infoseek.

     3. Term. This Agreement,  and the Consultant's engagement hereunder,  shall
terminate September 30, 1999, or upon delivery of thirty (30) day written notice
by one party to the other (the "Term"). At the earlier of the end of the Term or
the discontinuation of Consultant's  employment with Infoseek, the parties agree
to  negotiate  in  good  faith  towards   establishing  a  permanent  employment
arrangement  that will  include,  among other  terms,  a stock  option  grant to
purchase  250,000  shares of common  stock of the  Company  and a base salary of
$150,000. On termination of this Agreement,  the Company's obligation to pay any
compensation, except for services or expenses already accrued or incurred, shall
terminate.

<PAGE>

     4.   Compensation.

          (a) Grant of Options.  As compensation  for services to be rendered by
the  Consultant  during  the  Term,  the  Company  hereby  grants  options  (the
"Options") to purchase  125,000 shares of the Company's  common stock, par value
$.0001 per share (the  `Common  Stock")  under the  Company's  1999 Stock Option
Plan,  for an exercise  price of $2.50 (based upon the closing  price of $2.8125
for the Common Stock on the date hereof).  The Options will vest monthly (on the
last day of each calendar month) in increments of 25,000, commencing May 1,1999.
The Company agrees to register these shares under a S-8 Registration Statement.

          (b) Travel  Expenses.  The Company shall  reimburse the Consultant for
all  substantial   out-of-pocket   expenses  (  transportation,   hotel,  meals)
reasonably  incurred by the  Consultant in connection  with any trip made by the
Consultant at the specific request and with the prior approval of the Company.

          (c) Other Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Consultant for all
other reasonable  expenses actually incurred that are incidental to the services
performed hereunder and that have been approved by the Company.

     5. Independent Contractor.  The Company shall neither exercise nor have any
right to control the Consultant as to the means by which the  Consultant's  work
is to be accomplished.  The Consultant's  relationship with the Company shall be
that of an  independent  contractor  and  nothing  in this  Agreement  shall  be
construed to create an  employer-employee  relationship between the parties. The
Consultant shall hold harmless the Company, its officers,  agents and employees,
from and  against  any and all  liability,  loss or  expenses  of every  kind on
account  of  injuries  (including  death) to the  Consultant,  the  Consultant's
employees  or agents,  if any, or any other  party,  or loss of or damage to the
Company's,  the Consultant's or any other party's  property,  arising out of the
Consultant's performance of services hereunder,  unless caused by the negligence
of the Company or its employees.

     6.  Indemnification  by Company.  Company shall indemnify  Consultant,  its
affiliates,  employees and agents, (the "Indemnitees"),  for the cost of defense
and damages awarded,  if any, arising out of any claim or lawsuit resulting from
the negligence of Company,  provided such claim was not in any way caused by the
negligence or misconduct of Indemnitee.

     7.  Proprietary  Information.  The Consultant  understands  that during the
Consultant's  arrangement  with the Company the Consultant may produce,  obtain,
make known or learn about certain  information which has commercial value in the
business  in which the Company is engaged and which is treated by the Company as
confidential. This information may have been created, discovered or developed by
the Company or otherwise received by the Company from third parties subject to a
duty to maintain the  confidentiality of such information.  All such information
is hereinafter called "Proprietary Information."

          (a) Proprietary  Information Defined. By way of illustration,  but not
limitation,  Proprietary  Information includes trade secrets,  ideas, processes,
formulas,  materials,  substances,  source codes, data, programs, other original
works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs,
inventions,  techniques,  marketing plans, strategies,  forecasts, new products,
unpublished financial statements, budgets, projections,  licenses, prices, costs
and customer and supplier lists.

                                       2
<PAGE>

          (b) Ownership of Proprietary  Information.  The Consultant understands
that all Proprietary  Information  shall be the sole property of the Company and
its assigns (or, in some cases,  its clients,  suppliers or customers),  and the
Company and its assigns (or, in some cases, its clients, suppliers or customers)
shall  be the  sole  owner  of all  patents,  copyrights  and  other  rights  in
connection  therewith.  The Consultant  hereby assigns to the Company any rights
the  Consultant  may have or acquire  in such  Proprietary  Information.  At all
times,  both  during the  Consultant's  employment  by the Company and after its
termination,  the  Consultant  will keep in strictest  confidence  and trust all
Proprietary Information,  and the Consultant will not use, reproduce or disclose
any Proprietary  Information without the written consent of the Company,  except
as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing  duties as a Consultant
to the Company.

          (c) Maintenance of Records. The Consultant agrees to keep and maintain
adequate and current  records of all  Proprietary  Information  developed by the
Consultant (in the form of notes, sketches,  drawings and as may be specified by
the  Company),  which records shall be available to and remain the sole property
of the Company at all times.

     8.   Conflicting Obligations

          (a) Trade  Secrets  of  Others.  The  Consultant  represents  that the
Consultant  has not  brought  and will not  bring  with  the  Consultant  to the
Company,  or use in the performance of the Consultant's  responsibilities at the
Company, any devices, materials or documents of a former employer or other party
that are  proprietary or are not generally  available to the public,  unless the
Consultant has obtained express written  authorization  from the former employer
or other party for their possession and use.

          (b) Conflicting  Confidentiality Contracts. The Consultant agrees that
during the Consultant's  arrangement  with the Company,  the Consultant will not
breach any obligation of  confidentiality  that the Consultant has to present or
former  employers and others.  The Consultant  represents that the  Consultant's
performance  under the terms of this  Agreement as a  consultant  to the Company
does not and will not breach any  Agreement  to keep in  confidence  proprietary
information  acquired by the  Consultant  in confidence or in trust prior to the
Consultant's  arrangement with the Company. The Consultant has not entered into,
and Consultant agrees the Consultant will not enter into, any Agreement,  either
written or oral, in conflict herewith.

      9.  Termination  of  Consulting.  In the event of the  termination  of the
Consultant's  arrangement with the Company for any or no reason,  the Consultant
will  deliver to the Company all  documents,  notes,  drawings,  specifications,
programs,  data,  devices and other  materials of any nature  pertaining  to the
Consultant's work with the Company and the Consultant will neither take with the
Consultant nor recreate any of the  foregoing,  any  reproduction  of any of the
foregoing or any Proprietary  Information  that is embodied in a tangible medium
of expression.  Termination of the  Consultant's  Agreement shall not affect the
Consultant's  obligation with respect to the Company's  Proprietary  Information
under this Agreement.

     10.  Assignment

          (a) By the Consultant.  The Consultant shall not be entitled to assign
(voluntarily  or  involuntarily)  any  of the  Consultant's  rights  under  this
Agreement  (except the right to payment of money),  nor to  delegate  any of the
Consultant's  duties or  obligations  under this  Agreement,  without  the prior
written consent of the Company.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          (b)  By the  Company.  The  rights  of the  Company  hereunder  may be
assigned by the Company to any other  corporation or other business entity which
succeeds to all or  substantially  all of the  business  of the Company  through
merger,   consolidation,   corporate  reorganization,   acquisition  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or otherwise, or to any parent or
majority-owned   subsidiary  of  the  Company;   provided,   however,  that  the
obligations of the Company under this  Agreement  shall be binding upon any such
transferee.

     11. Equitable  Remedies.  The Consultant  acknowledges and agrees that: (i)
the remedy of damages at law for any breach by the  Consultant of the provisions
of Sections 7 or 8 would be inadequate and ineffective to protect the legitimate
interest of the Company;  (ii) it would be extremely  difficult to ascertain the
amount  of  monetary  damages  sustained  by  the  Company  and  the  amount  of
compensation to the Company that would afford an adequate remedy in the event of
any breach by the Consultant of such provisions;  and (iii) the Company would be
irrevocably harmed by any breach of such provisions. Accordingly, the Consultant
agrees  that the  Company  shall  be  entitled  to  obtain  injunctive  or other
equitable  relief in the event of any breach or threatened  breach of any of the
provisions contained in Sections 7 or 8.

     12.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the Exhibit  attached  hereto
constitute  the final,  complete  and  exclusive  Agreement  of the  parties and
supersede  any prior  agreements  between the parties.  The  Consultant  has not
relied  on  any  previous  oral  or  implied  representations,   inducements  or
understandings of any kind or nature.

     13.  Waiver.  No  provision  of this  Agreement  may be changed,  modified,
released,  discharged,  abandoned or otherwise amended or waived, in whole or in
part,  except by an instrument in writing  signed by the party charged with such
an action.

     14. Survival. The rights of either party for breach of this Agreement shall
survive any termination hereof.

     15.  Severability.  To the  extent  that any of the  Agreements  set  forth
herein, or any work,  phrase,  clause or sentence thereof,  shall be found to be
illegal or unenforceable or unnecessary, it shall be deleted in such a manner so
as to make the Agreement,  as modified,  legal and enforceable  under applicable
laws.

     16.  Miscellaneous

          (a) Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given
in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal  delivery,  telex
or facsimile  transfer or three (3) days after deposit in the United States Post
Office,  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  with  postage  and fees  prepaid,
addressed to the other party at the address shown on the last page hereof, or at
such other  address as a party may  designate  by written  notice to each of the
other parties hereto.

          (b) Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed for all purposes
by the  law of the  State  of  California  as it  applies  to  contract  between
California  residents,  made and to be  performed  entirely  within the State of
California.

         (c)  Arbitration.  Any inability to agree on a matter to be agreed upon
by the parties hereto,  or any dispute,  controversy or claim arising out of, or
related  to  this  Agreement,  or  the  breach  thereof,  shall  be  settled  by
arbitration  in  California in accordance  with the  then-existing  rules of the
American  Arbitration   Association  ("AAA").  Any  award  or  decision  by  the

                                       4
<PAGE>

arbitrators  shall be final and binding upon the parties,  and judgment  thereon
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction  thereof.  The arbitrators shall
apply the law as set forth in Sub-Section 16(b) of this Agreement.

          (d)  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in two  counterparts,
each of which  shall be  deemed an  original  and both of which  shall  together
constitute one Agreement.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.



COMPUTER MARKETPLACE, INC.,                  THOMAS BROWNE
a Delaware Corporation

/s/ ROBERT M. WALLACE                        /s/ THOMAS BROWNE
- ---------------------------------            ----------------------------------
Robert M. Wallace                            Thomas Browne
Chairman of the Board


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Consultant's Social Security or
                                             Federal Employer Identification No.


                                       5


                                  EXHIBIT 10.12


          STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO ON OCTOBER 12, 1999 AND
                  DATED AS OF JUNE 30, 1999 AMONG THE COMPANY,
                    BRIAN HINTERGARDT AND MAURICE LATHOUWERS

<PAGE>

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         This STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  dated as of June 30,
1999,  by and among  Computer  Marketplace,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Seller"), Brian Hintergardt, an individual residing at 20215 Eyota Court, Apple
Valley,  CA  92308  ("Hintergardt"),  and  Maurice  Lathouwers,  and  individual
residing  at 6271  Monita  Street,  Long  Beach,  CA  90803  ("Lathouwers"  with
Hintergardt, the "Purchasers", and individually each a "Purchaser").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         WHEREAS,  the Seller is the owner of two million five hundred  thousand
(2,500,000)  shares (the  "Shares") of Common Stock,  par value $.0001 per share
("Common  Stock"),  of Medical  Marketplace,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the
"Company"),  constituting all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the
Company; and

         WHEREAS,  New Millennium Leasing,  Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Medical Marketplace, Inc.; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Seller  desires  to  sell  to the  Purchasers,  and  the
Purchasers desire to acquire from Seller the Shares, on the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and of the terms and
conditions herein contained, the parties mutually agree as follows and for other
good and valuable  consideration  the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged:

         1.  PURCHASE OF SECURITIES; TERMS OF PAYMENT.

         1.1 Sale and Purchase. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, the Seller agrees to sell and deliver to the Purchasers, and the
Purchasers  agrees to purchase from the Seller on the closing date (the "Closing
Date") all of the Shares.

         1.2 Purchase Price.  On the Closing Date, the Purchasers  shall deliver
to Seller an aggregate  purchase price of sixty-five  thousand dollars ($65,000)
payable (i) by wire transfer (or delivery of a certified check) by Purchasers to
Seller of forty  thousand  dollars  ($40,000),  and (ii) delivery of an executed
Secured  Promissory  Note by Purchasers  in the principal  amount of twenty five
thousand dollars ($25,000), a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the
"Note").

         2.  CLOSING.

         2.1 Closing and Closing Date.  The closing (the  "Closing")  shall take
place as of the date hereof (the "Closing Date").  The Purchasers and the Seller
agree  that,  at or before the  Closing,  they shall  perform  all such acts and
execute and  deliver all such  documents  as may be required to  consummate  the
purchase of the Shares,  including,  but not limited to, the  delivery of 50% of
the Shares  accompanied  by a stock power which  evidences  the  transfer of the
Shares from Seller to each of the Purchasers.

         2.2 Conditions to Closing. The Closing shall be subject to satisfaction
of the condition  that on the Closing Date the  representations,  warranties and
covenants  of (i) the  Seller  contained  in  Section  3  hereof,  and  (ii) the
Purchasers contained in Section 4 hereof, shall then be true in all respects.

<PAGE>

         2.3 Books and Records. At or prior to the Closing,  Seller will deliver
to the  Purchasers  a copy of (i) all audited  financial  statements  of Seller,
including  financial  statements of the Company,  and (ii) all state and federal
tax returns filed by the Company with the appropriate taxing authorities,  since
the inception of the Company. In addition, upon filing of Seller's Annual Report
on Form 10-KSB for the year ended June 30,  1999,  Seller  shall  deliver a copy
thereof to the  Purchasers  including  the  financial  statements of the Company
included  therein.  Each of the parties agrees to assist the Purchasers (and the
Company)  as  reasonably  necessary  by  delivering  copies of books and records
within its control.

         3. REPRESENTATIONS,  WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE SELLER. The Seller
represents, warrants and covenant to Purchasers as follows:

         3.1  Authorization.  The Seller has the full legal right, power and all
authority  and  approval  required  to enter  into,  execute  and  deliver  this
Agreement  and to perform  fully his  obligations  hereunder.  The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the performance of Seller's obligations hereunder
does not and will not conflict  with any  agreement,  judgment or order to which
Seller is a party.

         3.2 Binding Obligation. Assuming the due execution and delivery of this
Agreement by the  Purchasers,  this Agreement  constitutes the valid and binding
obligation of the Seller,  enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its
terms,   subject,   as  to   enforcement,   (i)   to   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  arrangement, moratorium and other laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting  creditors'  rights and (ii) to general  principles  of
equity,  whether such  enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or
at law.

         3.3 The Shares.  The Seller  warrants  and  represents  that the Seller
holds the Shares free and clear of all liens, pledges, hypothecations,  options,
contracts and other  encumbrances  ("Encumbrances"),  and upon transfer from the
Seller  to  the  Purchaser  the  Shares  will  remain  free  and  clear  of  all
Encumbrances.  Assuming  execution  and  delivery  by all  holders of options to
purchase shares of the Company's  capital stock of that certain option surrender
agreement,  a form of which is  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B,  there  are no
options,  warrants or other  securities  convertible into or exercisable for any
shares of Company  capital  stock.  All of the  Shares  have been fully paid and
validly issued in compliance will applicable laws.

         3.4 Sale of Stock by Purchaser.  At or prior to the Closing, the Seller
agrees  to use its best  efforts  to assist  Hintergardt  in  selling  shares of
Seller's common stock beneficially owned by him.

         3.5 Government Filings.  So long as information  provided by Purchasers
regarding  the Company is accurate,  correct and complete,  the Seller  believes
that all required  state and federal  governmental  filings,  including  all tax
returns,  have been  timely and  accurately  filed with the  appropriate  taxing
authorities.

         3.6 Obligations of the Company. To Seller's  knowledge,  Seller has not
incurred any undisclosed liability or other obligation on behalf of the Company.

         3.7 True as of Closing Date. The Seller  warrants and  represents  that
the  warranties  and  representations  contained  in this Section 3 are true and
correct in all respects as of the Closing Date.

         4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASERS. Each of
the Purchasers represent, warrant and covenant to Seller with respect to himself
as follows:

                                       2
<PAGE>


         4.1  Authorization.  Each of the  Purchasers  has the full legal right,
power and all authority and approval required to enter into, execute and deliver
this Agreement and to perform fully his obligations hereunder. The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the performance of Seller's obligations hereunder
does not and will not conflict with any agreement,  judgment or order to which a
Purchaser is a party.

         4.2 Binding Obligation. Assuming the due execution and delivery of this
Agreement  by the  Seller,  this  Agreement  constitutes  the valid and  binding
obligation  of each of the  Purchasers,  enforceable  against each  Purchaser in
accordance  with its  terms,  subject,  as to  enforcement,  (i) to  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  arrangement,  moratorium and other laws of general
applicability  relating to or  affecting  creditors'  rights and (ii) to general
principles of equity,  whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding
in equity or at law.

         4.3  Investment  Representations.  The  transfer  of the Shares in this
transaction  is intended to be a private  transaction  exempt from  registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and is made
in reliance upon the representations set forth below:

         (a) Each of the  Purchasers is acquiring the Shares for his own account
for  investment  only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection  with, a
distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act and any applicable
state securities or blue-sky laws;

         (b) Each of the Purchasers acknowledge to the Seller that:

                  (i) each Purchaser  understands  that the Shares have not been
registered  under the Securities Act or under the laws of any state on the basis
that the transfer  thereof  contemplated  by this  Agreement is exempt from such
registration  and the  certificate  representing  the  Shares  shall  contain  a
restrictive legend reflecting the fact that the Shares have not been registered;

                  (ii)  the  Seller's  reliance  on  the  availability  of  such
exemption  is,  in  part,  based  upon the  accuracy  and  truthfulness  of each
Purchaser's representations contained herein;

                  (iii) the Shares cannot be resold without  registration  or an
exemption  under the  Securities  Act and such state  securities  laws, and that
certificates  representing  the Shares  will bear a  restrictive  legend to such
effect; and

                  (iv) each  Purchaser  has  evaluated  the  merits and risks of
acquiring  the Shares and has such  knowledge  and  experience  in financial and
business  matters  and is  capable  of  evaluating  the merits and risks of such
acquisition,  is aware of and has considered  the financial  risks and financial
hazards  of  acquiring  the  Shares,  and is able to bear the  economic  risk of
acquiring the Shares,  including the possibility of a complete loss with respect
thereto.

         4.4  Operation of the  Company.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 to
this  Agreement,  there  are  no  liabilities,   losses,  claims  or  events  or
circumstances,  contingent  or  otherwise,  which may  because of the  Company's
failure to perform, or the passage of time, or both, result in a liability, loss
or claim against the Seller (a "Company Liability"). Until (i) the Note has been
paid in full or the obligations  thereunder have been deemed  satisfied and (ii)
there are no potential Company Liabilities, each of the Purchasers shall use its
best efforts to operate the business of Medical  Marketplace in compliance  with
all applicable  laws,  rules and  regulations  and consistent with good business
practices.  Further, until (i) the Note has been paid in full or the obligations
thereunder  have been deemed  satisfied  and (ii) all Company  Liabilities  have
terminated to the reasonable  satisfaction of Seller,  the Purchasers  shall not
permit the Company (or its affiliates) to pay more than a total of $23,600 (plus

                                       3
<PAGE>

customary  health  benefits and life insurance  payments made  heretofore by the
Company)  during  any  calendar  month  as  salary,   wages,  bonuses  or  other
compensation to all employees,  consultants,  officers, directors, partners, and
co-venturers,  without  the  Seller's  prior  written  consent,  except that the
Company  may pay  reasonable  and  customary  fees to  third  parties  who  have
introduced  transactions  to the Company and such introduced  transactions  were
consummated  prior to any payment thereto.  Each of the Purchaser's  acknowledge
and understand  that a material breach of this covenant shall permit the Seller,
under the terms of the  Note,  to  accelerate  the Note,  and seize the  Pledged
Collateral (as defined in the Note).

         4.5 Books and Records;  Audits.  Each of the Purchasers shall cause the
Company to prepare  and  maintain  complete  and  accurate  books of account and
records.  Until (i) the Note has been paid in full or deemed satisfied,  or (ii)
all Company  Liabilities  have  terminated  to the  reasonable  satisfaction  of
Seller.  Seller and its duly authorized  representatives have the right upon two
(2) days prior notice,  during regular  business  hours,  to audit said books of
account  and  records  and  examine  all other  documents  and  material  in the
possession  or under  the  control  of the  Company.  Seller  shall use its best
efforts to conduct such audit in manner as not to interfere  with the  Company's
normal business activities.

         4.6  Assignment of Receivable.  Each of the Purchasers  shall cause the
Company to execute and deliver at the Closing an assignment of all rights of the
Company to receive the first $225,000 paid by Tommy Fox, d/b/a Arkansas  Imaging
with respect to that certain Stipulation for Entry of Judgment,  Case No. 315251
in the Superior Court of California,  County of Riverside,  or any other payment
made by Mr. Fox (the "Arkansas Imaging  Judgment"),  a form of which is attached
hereto as Exhibit C.

         4.7  True as of  Closing  Date.  Each  of the  Purchasers  warrant  and
represent that the warranties,  representations  and covenants contained in this
Section 4 are true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date.

         5. MISCELLANEOUS.

         5.1  Disclosure.  The Purchasers  acknowledge as the senior managers of
the  Company's  business that they are familiar with the Company and are relying
solely on their own  knowledge of the Company's  business  when they  considered
entering  into  this  Agreement  and  whether  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

         5.2 Indemnification.  Each of the parties hereto agree to indemnify the
other party for any losses,  claims or  liabilities  incurred by such party as a
result of , or arising of out of, a breach of its representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement.

         5.3 Survival of Terms.  All  representations,  warranties and covenants
contained  in  this  Agreement  or in  any  certificates  or  other  instruments
delivered by or on behalf of the parties  hereto shall be continuous and survive
the execution of this Agreement and the Closing.

         5.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of
laws).

         5.5 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto
and may not be assigned  without the prior written  consent of the other parties
hereto.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         5.6 No Waiver.  Any  waiver by either  party to this  Agreement  of any
provision  of this  Agreement  shall not be  construed  as a waiver of any other
provision of this  Agreement,  nor shall such waiver be construed as a waiver of
such provision respecting any future event or circumstance.

         5.7  Notices.  Notices  hereunder  shall  be  given  only  by  personal
delivery,  registered or certified  mail,  return receipt  requested,  overnight
courier service, or telex, telegram,  facsimile or other form of electronic mail
and shall be deemed  transmitted  when personally  delivered or deposited in the
mail or delivered to a courier  service or a carrier for electronic  transmittal
or  electronically  transmitted  by facsimile  (as the case may be),  postage or
charges  prepaid,  and properly  addressed to the  particular  party to whom the
notice is to be sent.  Unless  and until  changed  by notice  given as  provided
herein, notices shall be sent (i) to the Seller, at its corporate  headquarters,
and (ii) to each of the  Purchasers,  at his address set forth on the first page
of this Agreement.

         5.8  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  one or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         5.9  Variations in Pronouns.  All pronouns and any  variations  thereof
shall be deemed to refer to the  masculine,  feminine  or  neuter,  singular  or
plural,  as the  identity  of the  antecedent  person  or  persons  or entity or
entities may require.

         5.10 Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience
only and shall not by themselves  determine the interpretation,  construction or
meaning of this Agreement.

         5.11  Binding  Effect;  Release  of  Inter-Company  Indebtedness.  This
Agreement  and the Note,  constitute  and  contain the entire  agreement  of the
parties  with respect to the subject  matter  hereof and  supersede  any and all
prior  negotiations,  correspondence,  understandings and agreements between the
parties with respect hereto. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a
written  instrument  signed by the  parties  hereto.  The Seller and each of the
Purchasers,  on  behalf  of  themselves  and the  Company,  hereby  release  and
discharge all indebtedness  and other obligation  existing as of the date hereof
from Seller to the Company,  and from the Company to the Seller,  except for the
indebtedness  and obligations  contemplated  by this Purchase  Agreement and the
Note.

         5.12  Additional  Assurances.  Each of the parties agrees to furnish to
the other party,  promptly upon request therefor,  such additional  documents or
instruments,  if  any,  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  the  Shares  to the
Purchasers.

                                       5
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Purchaser  and the Seller  have  caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                        COMPUTER MARKETPLACE, INC.


                                        By: /s/ L. Wayne Kiley
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name:  L. Wayne Kiley
                                        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

                                           /s/ Brian Hintergardt
                                           -------------------------------------
                                               Brian Hintergardt

                                           /s/ Maurice Lathouwers
                                           -------------------------------------
                                               Maurice Lathouwers

                                       6



                                  EXHIBIT 21.01


                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT 21.01


                       SUBSIDIARIES OF EMARKETPLACE, INC.




Medical Marketplace, Inc. a Delaware corporation.

New Millenium Leasing, Inc., a Delaware corporation and indirect subsidiary.

E-Taxi, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

TechStore LLC, a California limited liability company

TechStore, Inc., a Delaware corporation and indirect subsidiary.

Office Express, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Tristep Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

TopTeam, Inc., a Delaware corporation.



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>                         0000900475
<NAME>                        eMarketplace, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                            1
<CURRENCY>                            USD

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                      12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             JUN-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                JUL-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                  JUN-30-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                         1
<CASH>                          1,255,966
<SECURITIES>                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                      62,350
<ALLOWANCES>                        5,032
<INVENTORY>                             0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                1,348,344
<PP&E>                            338,458
<DEPRECIATION>                    294,503
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                 12,833,813
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>           1,792,986
<BONDS>                                 0
                   0
                             0
<COMMON>                            1,269
<OTHER-SE>                     11,039,558
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>   12,833,813
<SALES>                         2,208,855
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                2,208,855
<CGS>                           2,061,725
<TOTAL-COSTS>                   2,938,688
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                  4,259
<INCOME-PRETAX>                  (728,297)
<INCOME-TAX>                            0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>              (728,297)
<DISCONTINUED>                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0
<CHANGES>                               0
<NET-INCOME>                     (728,297)
<EPS-BASIC>                         (0.06)
<EPS-DILUTED>                       (0.06)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission